Sei sulla pagina 1di 133

IS SUE 3

WATER
HEATING
VENTILATION
AIR CON New
GAS FUTURE VALVE TECHNOLOGY Now
includes

Technical Guide
TCV

DPCV

PRV

Press-Fit
INTRODUCTION CONTENTS

About Hattersley Contents


The origins of Hattersley Quality Assurance
date to 1897, when Rigid quality control and inspection at all INTRODUCTION PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
20 year-old Richard stages of manufacture ensure that Hattersley About Hattersley 2 Introduction 207
Hattersley started a products are suitable for their intended Sister Brands 4-5 Ball Valve 208
small tool-making application and will give reliable service. List of Symbols 7 Check Valves 209
business in Halifax. Every valve is individually tested in Valve Selection Guide 8-10 Non-Return Valve 210
In the early 1900s he accordance with the relevant product
Pressure Reducing Valves 211
relocated to Ormskirk, standard.
and in 1910 he joined with three other Thermal Circulation Valves 214
Hattersley is an approved manufacturer
engineering companies, including Thermostatic Mixing Valves 219
under various quality schemes, including BALANCING VALVES
Newman Hender & Co. of Woodchester,
the British Standard Institution (BSI) Kitemark, Balancing Automatic 11
to form United Brassfounders & Engineers.
and is ISO9001:2008 accredited. In addition, Balancing Static 21
By 1937 Hattersley & Newman Hender the company has been approved and/or NABIC
Differential Pressure Control Valves 51
both enjoyed worldwide sales, with listed by third party organisations including NABIC Safety & Control Valves 225
Hattersley exporting to some 73 countries. Hook-Up II 57
the United Kingdom Water Regulations
During the second world war, both Hook-Up II & PICV 68
Advisory Scheme.
companies entered war production, Pressure Independent Control Valves 75
Future BROWNALL
making fuses for armaments, brass rods MultiComm 79
for munitions factories and, of course, Today, the Hattersley brand is synonymous Brownall Plant Room Valves 239
ProComm 81
special valves for military purposes. with quality, reliability and service to the very
highest standards, and has industry
In 2004, Crane Limited purchased the
experience in many market sectors including
Hattersley valve brand and business from MISCELLANEOUS
heating and ventilation, chemicals, textiles,
Hattersley Newman Hender Limited, TRADITIONAL VALVES Flange Tables 245
drugs, waste treatment and power
a subsidiary of Tomkins plc. Air Vents/De-Aerators 83 Typical Kv Values 255
generation. Hattersley can supply a skilfully
engineered solution for every application. Ball Valves 85 Quality Assurance 257
Flagship products include a full range of Butterfly Valves 99
commissioning valves suitable for constant Check Valves 115
and variable flow systems. Gate Valves 129 HATTERSLEY PROJECTS
Gland Cocks/Drain Taps 151 Hattersley Projects 259
Globe Valves 155
Lubricated Plug Valves 163
Press-Fit Valves 177
Radiator Valves 187 FIGURE NUMBER INDEX
Strainers 197 Figure Number Index 260-261

Cover photo:
Project: The Cube, Birmingham
Distributor: BSS
Contractor: Robert Prettie & Co.
Sector: Mixed Use

2 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 3
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
SISTER BRANDS SISTER BRANDS

Sister Brands

Today, Hattersley is a

www.baa.com/photolibrary
leading brand of Crane
Building Services & Utilities,
An extensive range of low and medium pressure brass
and is joined by an array of compression fittings, valves and accessories. The range
complementary building also covers SISTEM-P and compact push in fittings,
nickel plated BSP fittings, quick release couplings,
services brands which
air guns, recoil hoses and tubing.
include NABIC, Brownall,
Wade, Rhodes and IAT.
Heathrow Terminal 5 is equipped with a range of
Hattersley products.

Rhodes is a market leader in the design and


manufacture of sight flow indicator equipment,
One of the UK's leading suppliers of gunmetal safety valves, having produced indicators since 1951.
NABIC has long been recognised as the industry standard Rhodes sight flow indicators can be found in
for commercial and industrial hot water applications. With process, petrochemical and pharmaceutical
the introduction of new products, this leadership has been plants all over the world.
extended to cover other building service fluids such as
steam and air.

TM

The Brownall range of automatic air eliminators cover low,


medium and high pressure applications and are suitable for
use with water, aviation fuel, diesel and light oils. The range The importance of safe and wholesome (potable) water
is completed by three-way vent valves, offering efficient systems has never been greater, and a range of I.A.T.
performance and reliable service combined with potential products complements the existing Hattersley range.
savings in time and cost by simplifying the venting system
for single/multiboiler or calorifier installations.

4 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 5
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
List of Symbols
3PMV
Isolating valve
Three-port motorised valve
IV 100 950/970 M541

2PMV
Double regulating valve Two-port motorised valve

DRV
1432 MH733 1832

P
Orifice plate
Pressure gauge
1000 M2000/3000/4000
OP

Variable orifice commissioning station Strainer


MH737 STR 817 820 920
VOCS

Non-Return valve
Fixed orifice regulating valve
See fixed orifice commissioning NRV 47 860/865
FORV

Pump Flexible coupling


FC

Fixed orifice commissioning station TP Test point

FOCS 1732 MH2733 631 750

Project: Henrietta House, London 4PMV


Differential pressure valve
Sector: Commercial Four-port motorised valve
F400 R400
Client: CB Richard Ellis of London
DPCV
Contractor: Silverline Engineering
Distributor: T G Lynes Constant flow controller Combination valve
Specification: Range of Hattersley Isolation Valves AUTO FLOW 305 305F PICV
CFC
A range of Isolating Valves have been specified for installation within the fancoils of Henrietta House, CV
a prestigious office development in Londons West End. The building has been refurbished and
CB Richard Ellis of London has relocated its headquarters to the office. Drain off cock
Manual air vent
The building is 7 floors tall and provides 9000m of luxurious office space. The Hattersley valves, 81HU
DOC
including the newly designed Fig. 100 Ball Valve range, will control the heating and cooling of each MAV

floor. Hattersley was selected because its valves are light, compact and easy to install and operate.
S Shand-Brown

Angled thermostatic valve


For Silverline Engineering, the fact that design features include improved leak protection and
3180
resistance to damage on site, will ensure a long and maintenance-free life expectancy. TRV
0813_v3

Note: Product codes listed are the most popular, check valve sections for other choices.

6 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 7
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
VALVE SELECTION GUIDE VALVE SELECTION GUIDE

Valve Selection Guide


LTHW - MTHW - CHW HTHW - Hot & Steam
Application Valve Type Size Range Valve Mains Gas
Max 90C Max 120C Max 150C Application Size Range Cold Water (Sat) Condensate Air
Type Cold Water (Isolation)
Services to 10Bar
Ball / Gate 15mm - 50mm 100 / 30 100 / 30 100-EXT / 30 33-PN32 Gate Gate 15mm - 50mm 30C 30C 13 30 113 Ball Main
Isolation incoming gas
Butterfly 65mm - 300mm 950, 970 or 4970 950, 970 or 4970 950, 970 or 4970 4990-PN25 (2) Isolation 17PN16
Butterfly 65mm - 300mm 950W / 970W 950W / 970W M541-PN16 951W / 971W to building
(to 80mm) 65mm -
Swing 15mm - 50mm 47 47 47 48
Check Swing 15mm - 50mm 47 47 42 47 300mm
Wafer / Swing 65mm - 300mm 860 / 651 860 / 651 860 / 651 M650-PN25 Swing Check 971YL (FL
In-Line 65mm - 300mm 761 761 M651-PN16 Butterfly)
15mm - 50mm
Double Check 15mm - 50mm 249C / 249 Inside
65mm - 300mm Double Check building
65mm - 300mm 2761 15mm -
DRV 15mm - 50mm 1432 1432 1432 1200DR-PN40
Regulating(1) 15mm - 50mm 1432 / 1432L 0123 50mm
Butterfly DRV /
65mm - 300mm 953W / MH733 953W / MH733 953W / MH733 4993-PN25(2) Regulating(1) HNH Fig.
Globe 65mm - 300mm 953W 100YL (Ball)
Flow Metering 15mm - 50mm 1000 1000 1000 M4000-PN40 65mm -
Flow 15mm - 50mm 1000
Measurement(1) Stations 65mm - 300mm M2000-PN16 M2000-PN16 M2000-PN16 M3000-PN40 Measurement(1) 200mm
65mm - 300mm M2000
201M-PN16
FODRV 15mm - 50mm 1732 1732 1732 5200-PN40 15mm - 50mm 1732 (Plug)
Commissioning(1) FODRV 65mm - 300mm MH2733 MH2733 MH2733 Commissioning(1)
Metrex Units 65mm - 300mm 5953 / 5973 5953 / 5973 5953 / 5973 M3000/4993(2) 65mm - 300mm 5953W
Flow or Return
15mm - 50mm F400 / R400 F400 / R400 F400 / R400
DPCV* Mount
Return Mount 50mm - 250mm VFG2 + AFP. VFG2 + AFP. VFG2 + AFP.
10mm - 50mm 305 305 305
PICV*
50mm - 250mm 305F 305F 305F
DRV 15mm - 50mm 1432.PF 1432.PF 1432.PF
FODRV 15mm - 50mm 1732.PF 1732.PF 1732.PF
Press-Fit Ball 15mm - 50mm 100.PF 100.PF 100.PF
Check 15mm - 50mm 47.PF 47.PF 47.PF Motorflow
15mm - 20mm
Strainer 15mm - 50mm 817.PF 817.PF 817.PF (Control)(1)

Motorflow Automatic Flow 15mm - 50mm


15mm - 20mm 1832 1832 1832
(Control)(1) Balancing 65mm - 300mm
Automatic Flow 15mm - 50mm 1050 / 1051 1050 / 1051 1050 / 1051
15mm - 50mm 817 807
Balancing* 65mm - 300mm 2050 2050 2050 Strainers
65mm - 300mm
15mm - 50mm 817 817 817 807
Strainers Plant/Rm 81HU 113
65mm - 300mm 820 / 920 820 / 920 820 / 920 Drains
General 371
Plant/Rm 81HU 81HU 81HU
Drains Thermostatic
15mm - 20mm 77 / 78
General 371 371 371 Mixing Valves
Thermostatic Wheel
15mm - 20mm Radiator Valves
Mixing Valves
Lockshield
Wheel 3150 3250
Radiator Valves Angle Pattern Straight Pattern Thermostatic Standard
Lockshield 3300LS 3400LS
Radiator Valves Remote
Thermostatic Standard 3180 3280
Angle Pattern Straight Pattern Thermal Control 1/2" and 3/4"
Radiator Valves Remote 3075/2RS 3275/RS 2900 / 2910
Valves (TCV)
(1) Standard, Medium, and Low Flow options available. (1) Standard, Medium, and Low Flow options available.
(2) 4990 / 4993 PN16, PN25, PN40 Steel Butterfly Valves. (2) 4990 / 4993 PN16, PN25, PN40 Steel Butterfly Valves.
0813_v3

0813_v3

*For Balancing Valves please see page 10. *For Balancing Valves please see page 10.
For Fan Coil Assembly please see page 10. For Fan Coil Assembly please see page 10.

8 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 9
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
VALVE SELECTION GUIDE BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Valve Selection Guide Balancing Valves - Automatic


FAN COIL ASSEMBLY
Application Valve Type Size Range LTHW - MTHW - CHW HTHW - Hattersley Autoflow (automatic balancing) valves give users and specifiers
Max 90C Max 120C Max 150C
a major alternative to traditional commissioning products.
With FODRV 15mm - 25mm H266, H268 C266, C268
With Motorised Autoflow offers a radical, cost-effective method of regulating hot and chilled
15mm - 25mm H267, H269 C267, C269
FODRV water systems. It is available in DZR copper alloy in sizes 1/2" to 2" with
Fan Coil Valve
Assemblies With Autoflow 15mm - 25mm H262, H264 C262, C264 threaded ends and ductile iron in sizes from 21/2" to 14" (65 to 350mm).
Hook Up II(1) H366P, H368P,
With PICV 15mm - 25mm C366, C368, H370
H370P FEATURES
With PICV and H366PF, H36PF8, C366PF, C368PF,
15mm - 25mm Automatically maintains flow at the specified
Metering Station H370PF C370PF
(1) Standard, Medium, and Low Flow options available. rate regardless of fluctuations in pressure
Factory selection of the appropriate
BALANCING VALVES cartridge provides desired flow rate
Application Valve Type Size Range LTHW - MTHW - CHW HTHW - Tamperproof
Max 90C Max 120C Max 150C
Self adjusting universal DZR assembly
Flow or Return
Mount 15mm - 50mm F400 / R400 F400 / R400 F400 / R400 with multi-purpose functions
DPCV
Return Mount 50mm - 250mm VFG2 + AFP. VFG2 + AFP. VFG2 + AFP. Compact size
10mm - 50mm 305 305 305 Energy efficient, preventing overflows
PICV
50mm - 250mm 305F 305F 305F or excess flow rates
Automatic Flow 15mm - 50mm 1050 / 1051 1050 / 1051 1050 / 1051
Balancing 65mm - 300mm 2050 2050 2050 BENEFITS
Ensures constant volume irrespective of
COMMISSIONING VALVE SIZING CHART COMPACT HOOK-UP pressure fluctuations caused by pump speed or
overflows from operation of remote control valve
Type Size Signal at Signal at Fig. No. Description
1kPa 4.6kPa Design changes can be easily made by
266H Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer and blow
1000L / 1732L 1/2" 0.503 0.014 0.030 down valve for LTHW and MTHW applications.
selection of the appropriate cartridge,
1000M / 1732M 1/2" 1.003 0.028 0.060 eliminating the need for recommissioning
266C Hook-Up with 1732 DRV, strainer, blow down
1000 / 1732 1/2" 1.943 0.054 0.116 valve and extension stem on lever operated Easy to insulate
1000 / 1732 3/4" 4.181 0.116 0.249 ball valve for chilled water applications.
Can be installed in any pipework configuration -
1000 / 1732 1" 7.46 0.207 0.444 267H Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV,
strainer and blow down valve for LTHW and does not require straight lengths of pipe
1000 / 1732 11/4" 15.33 0.426 0.913
MTHW applications.
1000 / 1732 11/2" 23.06 0.641 1.374 Dynamic flow-limiting characteristics permit
267C Hook-Up with 1832 motorised FODRV strainer,
1000 / 1732 2" 47.7 1.325 2.842 variable volume systems to function correctly
blow down valve and extension stem on lever
M2000 / MH2733 65 98.58 2.74 5.87 operated ball valve for chilled water DZR Y-Pattern and universal pattern can
applications.
M2000 / MH2733 80 137.4 3.82 8.19 optionally be used as strainers
M2000 / MH2733 100 224.9 6.25 13.40 268H Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for LTHW and MTHW
applications.
M2000 / MH2733 125 341.1 9.48 20.32
268C Hook-Up with 1732 DRV for chilled water
M2000 / MH2733 150 491.5 13.7 29.3
applications and extension stem on lever
M2000 / MH2733 200 835.4 23.2 49.8 operated ball valve.
M2000 / MH2733 250 1252 34.8 74.6 262H Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for LTHW and
M2000 / MH2733 300 1818 50.5 108.3 MTHW applications.
Based on medium grade pipe and water with an SG of 1. 262C Hook-Up with 1050 Autoflow for chilled
water applications and extension stem on
0813_v3

lever operated ball valve.

10 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 11
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050 & 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow

FLOW RATES
Flow Rates for Valves 6" (150mm) and above
PORT IDENTIFICATION, THREADS AND SPECIFYING INFORMATION Valve Recommended Velocity Maximum Velocity The following tables list the flow
Size Minimum Flow (l/s) (m/s) Flow (l/s) rates attainable using the
6 4.7 0.25 34 1.79 standard range of cartridges
and adaptors for valves up to
How to specify Hattersley Autoflow Valves 8 8.5 0.25 60 1.79
100mm (4") size.
10 12.6 0.24 94 1.76
Automatic balancing valves have replaceable 12 17.7 0.23 128 1.70
Above this size a multi-cartridge
cartridges with flow rates determined at the 14 22.7 0.25 162 1.82
permutation is used to obtain
1/2" Body
factory. The flow cartridges are stainless steel the desired flow rate.
or nickel finish. Deep drawn metal cartridges Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s) These tables indicate the
are not acceptable. Each cartridge is coded 0.021 T 0.50 No Adaptor 0.10
minimum and maximum flow
to indicate specific flow rate duty. The flow rates for each size from 150 to
0.032 Y 0.50 No Adaptor 0.16
350mm (6 to 14"). Flow rates
cartridge is 17 to 200 kPa rated as standard. 0.042 U 0.50 No Adaptor 0.21
increase in increments of
0.047 Z 0.50 No Adaptor 0.23
Rating 34 to 400 kPa available as option. approximately 0.32l/s.
0.056 V 0.50 No Adaptor 0.28
1/2 to 2" sizes are available with two body 0.063 A 0.50 No Adaptor 0.31
0.079 AX 0.50 No Adaptor 0.39
types, standard Y-Pattern and universal 0.095 AY 0.50 No Adaptor 0.47
Y-Pattern with integral isolating ball valve and 0.110 AZ 0.50 No Adaptor 0.54
Fig. 1051 shown
0.126 B 0.50 No Adaptor 0.62
union connection. Bodies are DZR copper
0.142 BX 0.50 No Adaptor 0.70
alloy with pressure tapping ports and are Port Identification and Connection Size - Figures 1050 & 1051
0.158 BY 0.50 No Adaptor 0.78
fitted with colour coded test points. Optional 0.166 BU 0.50 No Adaptor 0.82
0.174 BZ 0.50 No Adaptor 0.85
extended stems are available with universal 0.189 C 0.50 No Adaptor 0.93
type to allow for insulation. 0.221 CY 0.50 No Adaptor 1.09
0.253 D 0.50 No Adaptor 1.24
End connections are threaded as standard. 0.284 DY 0.50 No Adaptor 1.40
1/2 to 2" sizes have optional strainer facility 0.316 E 0.75 No Adaptor 1.55
in lieu of flow cartridge. 0.379 F 0.75 No Adaptor 1.86
0.442 G 0.75 No Adaptor 2.17
Maximum pressure: 25 bar 3/4" Body
Maximum temperature: 120C Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s)
Hattersley Autoflow Ref: 0.021 T 0.50 No Adaptor 0.06
1/2 to 2" DZR Y-Pattern: 0.032 Y 0.50 No Adaptor 0.09
Fig. 1050
0.042 U 0.50 No Adaptor 0.12
1/2 to 2" DZR Universal Pattern: Fig. 1051 0.047 Z 0.50 No Adaptor 0.13
65 to 350mm Ductile Iron: Fig. 2050 0.056 V 0.50 No Adaptor 0.15
0.063 A 0.50 No Adaptor 0.17
NES Ref: Y11.2230 0.079 AX 0.50 No Adaptor 0.22
0.095 AY 0.50 No Adaptor 0.26
0.110 AZ 0.50 No Adaptor 0.30 For Commissioning Valve
0.126 B 0.50 No Adaptor 0.34 Coefficients please refer to
0.142 BX 0.50 No Adaptor 0.39 pages 45-47.
0.158 BY 0.50 No Adaptor 0.43
0.166 BU 0.50 No Adaptor 0.45 Every effort has been made to
0.174 BZ 0.50 No Adaptor 0.47 ensure that the information
0.189 C 0.50 No Adaptor 0.52 contained in this publication is
0.221 CY 0.50 No Adaptor 0.60 accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no
0.253 D 0.50 No Adaptor 0.69
responsibility or liability for
0.284 DY 0.50 No Adaptor 0.78
typographical errors or omissions
0.316 E 0.75 No adaptor 0.86 or for any misinterpretation of the
0.379 F 0.75 No adaptor 1.03 information within the publication
0813_v3

0.442 G 0.75 No adaptor 1.21 and reserves the right to change


0.505 H 0.75 No adaptor 1.38 without notice.

12 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 13
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow Fig. 1050, 1051 DZR Autoflow

FLOW RATES FLOW RATES


1" Body 11/2" Body
Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s) (l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s)
0.042 U 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.07 0.442 G 0.75 2 to 0.75 0.32
0.047 Z 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.08 0.505 H 0.75 2 to 0.75 0.37
0.064 A 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.11 0.568 I 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.41
0.079 AX 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.13 0.631 AO 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.46
0.095 AY 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.16 0.694 AA 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.50
0.110 AZ 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.19 0.758 AB 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.55
0.126 B 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.22 0.821 AC 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.60
0.158 BY 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.27 0.884 AD 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.64
0.169 BU 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.29 0.947 AE 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.69
0.189 C 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.32 1.010 AF 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.73
0.221 CY 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.38 1.073 AG 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.78
0.253 D 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.43 1.136 AH 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.82
0.284 DY 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.49 1.199 AI 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.87
0.316 E 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.54 1.263 BO 2 No adaptor 0.92
0.379 F 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.65 1.389 BB 2 No adaptor 1.01
0.442 G 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.75 1.515 BD 2 No adaptor 1.10
0.505 H 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.86 1.641 BF 2 No adaptor 1.19
0.568 I 1.25 No adaptor 0.97 1.768 BH 2 No adaptor 1.28
0.631 AO 1.25 No adaptor 1.08 1.894 CO 2 No adaptor 1.37
0.694 AA 1.25 No adaptor 1.19 2.020 CB 2 No adaptor 1.46
0.758 AB 1.25 No adaptor 1.29 2.146 CD 2 No adaptor 1.56
0.821 AC 1.25 No adaptor 1.40 2.273 CF 2 No adaptor 1.65
0.884 AD 1.25 No adaptor 1.51 2.399 CH 2 No adaptor 1.74
0.947 AE 1.25 No adaptor 1.62 2.525 DO 2 No adaptor 1.83
1.010 AF 1.25 No adaptor 1.73 2.651 DB 2 No adaptor 1.92
1.073 AG 1.25 No adaptor 1.83 2.778 DD 2 No adaptor 2.01
1.136 AH 1.25 No adaptor 1.94
2" Body
11/4" Body
Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity
Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s)
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s)
0.821 AC 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.37
0.189 C 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.19
0.884 AD 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.40
0.221 CY 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.22
0.947 AE 1.25 2 to 1.25 0.43
0.253 D 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.25
1.263 BO 2 No adaptor 0.57
0.284 DY 0.50 1.25 to 0.75 0.28
1.389 BB 2 No adaptor 0.63
0.316 E 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.31
1.515 BD 2 No adaptor 0.69
0.375 F 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.37
1.641 BF 2 No adaptor 0.74
0.442 G 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.43
1.768 BH 2 No adaptor 0.80
0.505 H 0.75 1.25 to 0.75 0.50
1.894 CO 2 No adaptor 0.86
0.568 I 1.25 No adaptor 0.56
2.020 CB 2 No adaptor 0.92
0.631 AO 1.25 No adaptor 0.62
2.146 CD 2 No adaptor 0.97
0.694 AA 1.25 No adaptor 0.68
2.273 CF 2 No adaptor 1.03
0.758 AB 1.25 No adaptor 0.74
2.399 CH 2 No adaptor 1.09
0.821 AC 1.25 No adaptor 0.81
2.525 DO 2 No adaptor 1.14
0.884 AD 1.25 No adaptor 0.87
2.651 DB 2 No adaptor 1.20
0.947 AE 1.25 No adaptor 0.93
2.778 DD 2 No adaptor 1.26
1.010 AF 1.25 No adaptor 0.99
2.904 DF 2 No adaptor 1.32
1.073 AG 1.25 No adaptor 1.05
3.030 DH 2 No adaptor 1.37
1.136 AH 1.25 No adaptor 1.12
3.157 EO 2 No adaptor 1.43
1.199 AI 1.25 No adaptor 1.18
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

14 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 15
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC

Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow Fig. 2050 Ductile Iron Autoflow

FLOW RATES
21/2" Body FLOW RATES
Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity 4" Body ANSI (fittings provided for installation in PN16 rated systems)
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s) Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity
1.199 AI 1.25 2.5 to 1.25 0.32 (l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s)
1.263 BO 2 2.5 to 2 0.34 5.366 HE 3/B No adaptor 0.62
1.389 BB 2 2.5 to 2 0.37 5.682 IO 3/B No adaptor 0.65
1.515 BD 2 2.5 to 2 0.41 5.997 IE 3/B No adaptor 0.69
1.641 BF 2 2.5 to 2 0.44 6.313 AOO 3/B No adaptor 0.73
1.768 BH 2 2.5 to 2 0.48 6.629 AOE 3/B No adaptor 0.77
1.894 CO 2 2.5 to 2 0.51 6.944 AAO 3/B No adaptor 0.81
2.020 CB 2 2.5 to 2 0.54 7.260 AAE 3/B No adaptor 0.84
2.146 CD 2 2.5 to 2 0.58 7.576 ABO 3/B No adaptor 0.87
2.273 CF 2 2.5 to 2 0.61 7.891 ABE 3/B No adaptor 0.91
2.399 CH 2 2.5 to 2 0.65 8.207 ACO 3/B No adaptor 0.95
2.525 DO 2 2.5 to 2 0.68 8.523 ACE 3/B No adaptor 0.98
2.651 DB 2 2.5 to 2 0.72 8.838 ADO 3/2 No adaptor/3 to 2 1.02
2.778 DD 2 2.5 to 2 0.75 9.154 ADE 3/2 No adaptor/3 to 2 1.06
2.904 DF 2 2.5 to 2 0.78 9.470 AEO 3/3 No adaptor 1.09
3.030 DH 2 2.5 to 2 0.82 9.785 AEE 3/3 No adaptor 1.13
3.157 EO 2 2.5 to 2 0.85 10.101 AFO 3/3 No adaptor 1.16
3.283 EB 2.5 No adaptor 0.89 10.416 AFE 3/3 No adaptor 1.20
3.535 EF 2.5 No adaptor 0.95 10.732 AGO 3/3 No adaptor 1.24
3.788 FO 2.5 No adaptor 1.02 11.048 AGE 3/3 No adaptor 1.27
4.040 FD 2.5 No adaptor 1.09 11.363 AHO 3/3 No adaptor 1.31
4.293 FH 2.5 No adaptor 1.16 11.679 AHE 3/3 No adaptor 1.35
4.545 GB 2.5 No adaptor 1.23 11.995 AIO 3/3 No adaptor 1.38
12.310 AIE 3/3 No adaptor 1.42
3" Body ANSI
12.626 BOO 3/3 No adaptor 1.46
Flow Cartridge Pipe Velocity 12.942 BOE 3/3 No adaptor 1.49
(l/s) Code Size (inch) Adaptor (inch to inch) (m/s) 13.257 BAO 3/3 No adaptor 1.53
2.146 CD 2 3 to 2 0.42 13.573 BAE 3/3 No adaptor 1.56
2.273 CF 2 3 to 2 0.44 13.889 BBO 3/3 No adaptor 1.60
2.399 CH 2 3 to 2 0.47 14.204 BBE 3/3 No adaptor 1.64
2.525 DO 2 3 to 2 0.49 14.520 BCO 3/3 No adaptor 1.67
2.651 DB 2 3 to 2 0.52 14.836 BCE 3/3 No adaptor 1.71
2.778 DD 2 3 to 2 0.54 15.151 BDO 3/3 No adaptor 1.75
2.904 DF 2 3 to 2 0.57 15.467 BDE 3/3 No adaptor 1.78
3.030 DH 2 3 to 2 0.59 15.783 BEO 3/3 No adaptor 1.82
3.157 EO 2 3 to 2 0.62 16.098 BEE 3/3 No adaptor 1.86
3.283 EB 3 No adaptor 0.64 16.414 BFO 3/3 No adaptor 1.89
3.535 EF 3 No adaptor 0.69 16.729 BFE 3/3 No adaptor 1.93
3.788 FO 3 No adaptor 0.74 17.045 GO 3/3 No adaptor 1.96
4.040 FD 3 No adaptor 0.79
4.293 FH 3 No adaptor 0.84
4.545 GB 3 No adaptor 0.89
For Commissioning Valve
4.735 GE 3 No adaptor 0.93
Coefficients please refer to
5.050 HO 3 No adaptor 0.99
pages 45-47.
5.366 HE 3 No adaptor 1.05
5.682 IO 3 No adaptor 1.11 Every effort has been made to
5.997 IE 3 No adaptor 1.17 ensure that the information
6.313 AOO 3 No adaptor 1.23 contained in this publication is
6.629 AOE 3 No adaptor 1.30 accurate at the time of publishing.
6.944 AAO 3 No adaptor 1.36 Hattersley Ltd assumes no
7.260 AAE 3 No adaptor 1.42 responsibility or liability for
7.576 ABO 3 No adaptor 1.48 typographical errors or omissions
or for any misinterpretation of the For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
7.891 ABE 3 No adaptor 1.54
information within the publication Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

8.207 ACO 3 No adaptor 1.60 and reserves the right to change


8.523 ACE 3 No adaptor 1.67 Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

16 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 17
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC
25 BAR

Fig. 1050 (Flow Control) Fig. 1051 (Flow Control)


DZR Y-Pattern Autoflow CFC DZR Universal Autoflow and Ball Valve CFC

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ensures constant volume irrespective Component Material Specification Ensures constant volume irrespective Component Material Specification D
of changing conditions BS EN ASTM of changing conditions BS EN ASTM
Energy efficient, preventing overflows Body DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N Energy efficient, preventing overflows Body DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
or excess flow rates Cover DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N or excess flow rates Tail Pipe DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Tamperproof Seals EPDM - Tamperproof Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Drain Plug Brass 12164 CW614N Ball (hard
Test Point Figure 631 - chrome plated) Brass 12164 CW614N
Flow Cartridge Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Stem Brass 12164 CW614N
Flow Cartridge Brass 12164 CW619N Stem Seals PTFE or PTFE/ -
Adaptor Neoprene
Seats PTFE or PTFE/ -
Neoprene
Cover DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Drain Plug Brass 12164 CW614N
Test Point Figure 631 -
Flow Cartridge Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Flow Cartridge Brass 12164 CW614N
Adaptor
Seals EPDM -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) TEMPERATURE RATING Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
21 bar at 120C formerly BS 21. F See pressure/temperature chart formerly BS 21.
25 bar up to 100C Autoflow regulator is factory set for Autoflow regulator factory set to
correct flow. automatically ensure correct flow.
C C D TEST PRESSURES
TEST PRESSURES Cartridge removable from body to provide Cartridge removable from body to provide
access for change, inspection and cleaning (HYDRAULIC) access for change, inspection and cleaning
(HYDRAULIC) without removing body from pipeline. Shell: 37.5 bar without removing body from pipeline.
Shell: 37.5 bar Supplied with two Figure 631 test points. B Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.

B
A
E
28 28
A
24 24
E

1 2
/ t
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

1in
1

o
20

1 4
20
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

3 4
/ in
to
Nom
Pressure bar

Pressure bar

1
1 2
/i
Nom 16 Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 16

n
1/2 3/4 11/4 11/2

2in
Size in 1 2 A mm 157 160 219 221 253 253
A mm 101 106 141 148 177 179 12 12
B mm 51 51 68 68 103 103
B mm 51 51 68 68 104 104 C (Approx) mm 56 56 60 60 65 65
C (Approx) mm 56 56 60 60 65 65 8 8
D mm 51 51 66 66 87 87
E (BS21 Pl) 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
E (BS21 Pl)
4 4
Weight kg 0.52 0.55 0.98 1.1 2.2 2.4 F mm 100 100 120 120 140 140
0 Weight kg 1.1 1.1 2.3 2.3 4.6 4.6 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

18 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 19
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN16

Fig. 2050
Ductile Iron Autoflow CFC
Balancing Valves - Static

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Hattersleys range of static balancing valves connections resulting in lower installation costs.
Ensures constant volume irrespective Component Material Specification
includes Double Regulating Valves and Fixed Available in medium and low flow versions,
of changing conditions BS EN ASTM Orifice Double Regulating Valves. The integral Hattersleys static balancing valves offer positive
Energy efficient, preventing overflows Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN GJS 500/7 A536 60-40-18 fixed orifice design offers greater accuracy, flow control at all handwheel settings.
or excess flow rates Flow Cartridge Brass 12164 CW614N
Adaptor
makes set-up easier and involves fewer
Tamperproof
Test Points Figure 631 -
Flow Cartridge Nickel Plated Brass -
ONE VALVE SYSTEM (MEASUREMENT AND REGULATION AT ONE POINT)
Seals EPDM -
Drain Plug Brass 12164 CW614N Commissioning Set Components
Eye Bolt Steel -
Service Commissioning Metering Double Regulating End Size Body
Set (CS) Station (MS) Valve (DRV) Connections Range Material
Fig. No. Fig. No. Fig. No.
1732 / 1832 1000 1432 Screwed 1/2 - 2" Bronze/DZR
1732C / 1832C 1000 1432C Compression 15-54mm Bronze/DZR
Chilled Water 1732L / 1832L 1000L 1432 Screwed 1/2" Bronze/DZR
LTHW, MTHW 1732LC / 1832LC 1000L 1432C Compression 15mm Bronze/DZR
1732M / 1832M 1000M 1432 Screwed 1/2" Bronze/DZR
1732MC / 1832MC 1000M 1432C Compression 15mm Bronze/DZR
5200 - 1200DR Flanged 15-50mm Bronze
HTHW
- 4000 - - - Stainless Steel

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ Supplied with lifting eye bolt to assist


with installation. DRV AND VARIABLE ORIFICE DOUBLE REGULATING VALVES
TEMPERATURE RATING Autoflow regulator factory set to
16 bar from -10 to 120C Service VODRV End Size Range Body
automatically ensure correct flow.
B Fig. No. Connections Material
Changes to flow specification can be
TEST PRESSURES accommodated by changing the Chilled Water 1432 Screwed 1/2 - 2" DZR
(HYDRAULIC) relevant flow regulators. LTHW MTHW M737 Flanged 50-300mm Cast Iron
Shell: 24 bar Supplied complete with two Figure 631 HTHW 1200DRV Flanged 15-50mm Bronze
FLOW D test points and drain plug.
SPECIFICATION
Ductile iron body designed to fit between
ANSI 150 flanges. A pair of ANSI 150
slip-on flanges will be supplied with the Preferred Arrangement
assembly where required for installation 18
A into BS1387 tube. F
16
IV
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 14 Terminal
Nom mm 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 12
R
Pressure bar

Size in 21/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14
10
A mm 148 223 244 258 279 279 279 279 CS
in 5.82 8.78 8.78 8.78 8.78 8.78 8.78 8.78 8
B (Approx) mm - - 155 175 205 235 250 300 6
in - - 6 7 8 9 10 12
D mm 108 127 173 216 280 340 406 450 4
in 4.25 5.00 6.82 8.50 11.00 13.35 16.00 17.72 2
*Weight (max) kg 6.1 10 12 19 30 35 53 69
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

20 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 21
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Fig. 631 TP Fig. 750 TP

Standard Pressure Test Points (max 120C) High Pressure Test Points (max 180C)

BS 7350 Test points are fitted with green Suitable for 40 bar pressure up to 180C
When fitted to measuring devices cap retainers. including HTHW service.
and strainers, test points are Figure 631 - 10 test points per pack
supplied with cap retainers in red Figure 633 - 5 test points per pack
and blue for upstream and FEATURES & BENEFITS
downstream port identification. This Hattersley Figure 631 test points are Double isolating
meets the requirements of BS 7350. WRAS Approved products and are
Uses standard air vent key
listed in the water fittings and
materials directory. Fitted with cap retainers in red
and blue for upstream and
downstream port identification.
When used in pairs on measuring
devices this meets the
requirements of BS 7350
Recommended by Hattersley and
fitted as standard to Hattersley
Strategically placed test points allow
M3000 and 4000 metering stations
access to live fluid systems for
pressure and temperature Copper alloy construction
measurements. Maximum Accepts commercially available probes
temperature is 120C and maximum Threaded 1/4 ISO 7 (Tr)
pressure is 3450kPa. Suitable for
Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW.
Test Probes DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
The application of a silicone lubricant The single piece DZR copper alloy
to the probe shaft prior body houses a uniquely designed
to insertion is recommended. elastomeric core, providing excellent
sealing performance and wear
Test points are available in either resistance.
standard length, Figure 631, or
extended length, Figure 633, both Double sealing on the cap is
threaded 1/4" BSP (Tr). The extended provided by precision metal to metal
50mm
length test point requires special test jointing backed up by a resilient
probe available from Hattersley. O-Ring, allowing convenient, positive
finger tightening.

30mm
36mm

68mm
Elastomer Seal

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

22 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 23
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED) PN20 - SERIES B (THREADED)

Fig. 1000 Fig. 1000L & 1000M


DZR Brass Metering Stations OP DZR Brass Low & Medium Flow Metering Stations OP

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Precise and accurate measurement, Component Material Specification Precise and accurate measurement, Component Material Specification
conforming to BS 7350:1990 BS EN conforming to BS 7350:1990 BS EN
Dezincification resistant material preventing Metering Station DZR Brass 12165 CW602N Dezincification resistant material preventing Metering Station DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
corrosion cracking and fungal growth Test Point Figure 631 - corrosion cracking and fungal growth Test Point Figure 631 -
WRAS Approved for use with potable water WRAS Approved for use with potable water
Supplied with red and blue test points for Supplied with red and blue test points for
upstream and downstream port identification upstream and downstream port identification

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. TEMPERATURE RATING Generally in accordance with BS 7350:1990.
Threaded Ends WRAS Approved Product. A Threaded Ends WRAS Approved Product.
A
PN20 Series B Supplied fitted with two Figure 631 test points PN20 Series B Supplied fitted with two Figure 631 test points.
15 bar at 120C Figure 1000 end connections threaded to 15 bar at 120C Outlet connection taper threaded BS EN 10266
20 bar from -10 to 100C BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. 20 bar from -10 to 100C (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Taper female with the exception of the 1/2" inlet Inlet connection screwed BS 2779 (ISO 228)
TEST PRESSURES which is parallel. TEST PRESSURES parallel.
B Shell: 30 bar B Shell: 30 bar Suitable for use with flow rates down to 0.01l/s.

20 20
Threaded Ends Threaded Ends

16 16

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

12 12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom mm 15 22 28 32 40 50 8 Nom mm 15 8
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 Size in 1/2

A (Threaded) mm 57 58 66 72 72 82 A (Threaded) mm 57
4 4
B mm 55 61 65 71 73 79 B mm 55
Weight kg 0.29 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.54 0.77 Weight kg 0.29
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C Temperature C

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

24 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 25
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION) PN20 (THREADED) PN16 (COMPRESSION)

Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L, 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC
Bronze Double Regulating Valve DRV Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (FODRV) FOCS

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Component Material Specification Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Component Material Specification
Easy to operate with handwheel and BS EN Easy to operate with handwheel and BS EN
numerical indicator Handwheel Plastic - numerical indicator Handwheel Plastic -
Robust bronze body for long service life Stem DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N Integral orifice and test points no need for Stem DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N
WRAS Approved for use with potable water Stem Seals EPDM - separate DRV and metering station Stem Seals EPDM -
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Disc DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N WRAS Approved for use with potable water Disc DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N
Disc Seal (1-2") PTFE - Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Disc Seal (1-2") PTFE -
Bonnet DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N Bonnet DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K Body Bronze 1982 CC491K
Orifice Insert DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N
Figure 631 Test Valve DZR copper alloy 12165 CW602N

PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Threaded Ends Handwheel operated. Threaded Ends Handwheel operated.
BS 7350 PN20 Numerical indicator. BS 7350 PN20 Numerical indicator.
17.2 bar at 120C Inside screw non-rising handwheel. 17.2 bar at 120C Inside screw non-rising handwheel.
20 bar at -10 to 100C Characterised regulating disc. 20 bar at -10 to 100C Characterised regulating disc.
Flow charts available. Integral fixed orifice.
Compressions Ends Compressions Ends
5 bar at 120C End connections threaded. 5 bar at 120C Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 6 bar at 110C Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 6 bar at 110C Flow charts available.
10 bar at 65C (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. 10 bar at 65C End connections threaded.
16 bar from -10 to 30C Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel. 16 bar from -10 to 30C Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded
Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
TEST PRESSURES compression. adaptors suitable for copper TEST PRESSURES Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel.
Shell: 30 bar pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard). Shell: 30 bar Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with
Seat: 22 bar WRAS Approved Product. Seat: 22 bar compression adaptors suitable for copper
pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard).
B APPLICATION WRAS Approved Product.
B
Figure 1432 can be used with Hattersley
metering stations for commissioning.

20 20
Threaded Ends Threaded Ends

A
16 A 16
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Co

Co
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 12 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 12
mp

mp
res

res
on on
si

si
Nom En Nom En
ds ds
Size in 1/2L 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 8 Size in 1/2L 1/2M 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 8
A mm 87 87 96 100 114 125 146 A mm 87 87 87 96 100 114 125 146
A (Compression) mm 105 105 118 - - - - 4 A (Compression) mm 105 105 105 118 - - - - 4
B mm 110 110 111 132 133 148 149 B mm 110 110 110 111 132 133 148 149
Weight kg 0.54 0.54 0.58 0.88 1.05 1.43 1.88 Weight kg 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.65 0.95 1.13 1.52 1.98
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C Temperature C
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

26 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 27
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN16 PN40

2PMV
MotoBalance S1832, S1832M, S1832L Fig. 1200DR
Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve (FODRV) FOCS Bronze Double Regulating Valves DRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS 4


Designed for installation in circuits where
combined functions of actuated regulation FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
and flow measurement are required Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Component Material Specification
Easy to adjust/set flow using graduated Easy to operate with handwheel BS EN ASTM
dial and setting key
Robust bronze body for long service life Stem Manganese Bronze 12164 CW721R
Tamperproof - once flow is set with key, Gland Packing Asbestos Free -
Suitable for high pressure applications
it cannot be adjusted without key
Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62
The DN15 valve is also available in medium flow
(S1832M) and low flow (S1832L). Dials are Swivel Nut Manganese Bronze 12164 CW721R
colour coded for easy identification: Disc Stainless Steel -
S1832 - Standard Flow - White - 0.061 to Seat Stainless Steel -
Fig. S1832 Fig. S1832 with Actuator
0.132 l/s Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62
S1832M - Medium Flow - Yellow - 0.03 to MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
0.07 l/s No. Component Material
S1832L - Low Flow - Green - 0.016 to 0.04 l/s 1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC49IK
P84 test points fitted enable accuracy of flow 2 Bonnet DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
measurement of +/- 5% across all drive settings 3 Stem Stainless Steel BS EN 10088-3
Profiled disc gives equal percentage flow control 4 Flow Setting Key Nylon Grade PA6
Y-Pattern globe valve 5 Fig. 631 Pressure Tapping Point DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
6 Orifice Insert DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Integral square edged entrance orifice plates 7 Plug DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Double regulating feature allows the valve to be 8 Disc EPDM WRAS Approved
used for isolation and to be re-opened to its 9 Backing Washer Stainless Steel BS EN 10088-3
pre-set position to maintain required flow rates 10 O-Ring Retainer DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
11 Crane Actuator (Optional Accessory) N/A
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
11
4
M3 DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TH 0 X

WITH CRANE ACTUATOR


TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS 7350:1990.
DI CL MIN .4

RE 1.5
0
NS IN L

AD
ME OS A

3
NO -+

IO G

Rising stem.
N

BS 5154 PN40 Series A


.8

5
11

C APPROX
34 bar at 180C Screwed bonnet.
2
40 bar from -10 to 120C Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN40.
1
Fitted with parabolic regulating disc in
B B TEST PRESSURES Stainless Steel, double regulating
Shell: 60 bar device and indicator.
Seat: 44 bar Flow charts available.

6 7 8 9 10 A D Use with Figure M4000 to make


Commissioning Set 5200.
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS 44
The maximum static pressure is 16 bar, the maximum differential pressure is 1.2 bar. A E
40
Threaded Compression OPERATOR
36
Temperature C -10 to 100 110 120 Temperature C -10 to 30 65 120 Motobalance should be fitted with an
actuator. Modulating (AM710) and DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 32
Pressure bar 25 14.8 13.5 Pressure bar 16 10 5 Three-Point Actuators (A700) are 28

Pressure bar
available from Hattersley. Nom
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation. Size mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 24

DIMENSIONS, COEFFICIENTS & WEIGHTS END CONNECTIONS A mm 133 146 162 184 200 238 20
Sizes DN15 & DN20 - parallel threaded to B (Open) mm 168 187 213 238 267 306 16
Fig. Nom. Dimensions (mm) Flow Head KVs Weight
No. Size A B C (Kv) Loss (K) (kg) BS EN ISO 228-1 (formerly BS 2779). D mm 95 105 115 140 150 165
12
S1832 DN15 87 66 115 1.245 30.27 2.2 0.45 Threaded ANSI is also available. Please E (Open) mm 64 79 92 98 117 121
add suffix AT to denote American Thread. 8
Weight kg 2.5 3.5 4.9 7.5 10 14
S1832M DN15 87 66 115 0.667 90.42 1.1 0.45 4
When using compression adaptors, the
S1832L DN15 87 66 115 0.58 325.80 0.58 0.45 maximum pressure must not exceed 0
S1832 DN20 96 66 115 2.300 34.55 4.7 0.51 16 bar (in line with BS EN 1254/2). 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

28 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 29
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN16 - SIZES 50-300mm PN16 - SIZES 350-600mm

Fig. M2000 Fig. M2000


Stainless Steel Metering Stations OP Stainless Steel Metering Stations OP

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component Material Specification Compact, wafer design for fitting in tight spaces Component Material Specification
Accurate flow measurement BS EN ASTM Accurate flow measurement BS EN ASTM
Supplied with red and blue test points for Orifice Plate Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 Supplied with red and blue test points for Orifice Plate Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
upstream and downstream port identification A276-316L upstream and downstream port identification AISI 316
Extension Sleeve Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 Extension Sleeve Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L AISI 316
Test Points Figure 631 - Test Points Figure 631 -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990. TEMPERATURE RATING Outside diameter locates metering station
16 bar from -10 to 120C Outside diameter locates metering station 16 bar from -10 to 120C centrally on BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange
3 E centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2
3 E bolting.
Note: The Test Point Figure 631 has a Note: The Test Point Figure 631 has a
120C Max

PN16 flange bolting. 120C Max

maximum working temperature of 120C Adaptations to suit other flanges available.


maximum working temperature of 120C.
Compatibility with other flanges available. If other test points are fitted the maximum Supplied complete with extensions and
For higher temperature requirements
B 2 Supplied complete with extensions and B 2
operating temperature should be obtained Figure 631 test points.
contact Hattersley Sales Office.
Figure 631 test points. from the test point manufacturer. Flow charts available.
TEST PRESSURE Flow charts available. NOTE
FLOW DC FLOW DC TEST PRESSURE
Shell: 24 bar When used with a butterfly valve a minimum
Shell: 24 bar of 5 diameters of straight length of same
Use with Figure MH733 to make diameter pipe as the valve must be fitted on
Commissioning Set MH2733. both sides of the metering station.
18 18
1 TAPPING POSITION SHOWN 1 TAPPING POSITION SHOWN
RELATIVE TO ORIFICE.
FOR TRUE ANGULAR POSITION A RELATIVE TO ORIFICE.
FOR TRUE ANGULAR POSITION A
SEE TABLE. 16 SEE TABLE. 16

14 14
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
12 12
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Nom Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 10 Size mm 350 400 450 500 600 10
A mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 8 A mm 21 21 21 23 23 8
B mm 119 123.5 129 134 146 159 175 195 218 B mm 217 236 256 280 321
C mm 109 129 144 164 194 220 275 331 386 6 C mm 446 498 585 620 737 6
D mm 53.1 68.8 80.8 105.1 130.1 156.1 204.2 255 305.8 4 D mm 339.5 388.7 433 492 592.4 4
E deg. 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 E deg. 90 90 90 90 90
2 2
Weight kg 1.4 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.6 3 4.4 5.7 7.1 Weight kg 12.4 14.5 18 22.1 36.1
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

30 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 31
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN40 PN40

Fig. M3000 Fig. M4000


Stainless Steel Metering Stations OP Stainless Steel Metering Stations OP

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Compact, wafer design to fit between flanges Component Material Specification Suitable for high pressure applications Component Material Specification
Accurate flow measurement BS EN ASTM Compact, flanged design for fitting in BS EN ASTM
Supplied with red and blue test points for Body Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2 tight spaces Metering Station Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2
upstream and downstream port identification AISI 316 Accurate flow measurement AISI 316 17
Extension Sleeve Stainless Steel - Supplied with red and blue test points for Valve Controlled Figure 750 -
Valve Controlled Figure 750 - Test Point
upstream and downstream port identification
Test Points

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING The outside diameter of the metering TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS 7350.
40 Bar from -10 to 120C station locates centrally on the relevant PN40 Series A One piece full flange diameter.
BS EN 1092-2 flange bolting to ensure Integral orifice plate.
Note: The Valve Controlled Test Points 34 bar at 180C
accurate flow measurement capability. Flange dimensions to BS EN 1092-2 PN40.
Fig 750 have a maximum working 40 bar from -10 to 120C
temperature of 180C. The metering stations should be used in Supplied complete with Figure 750 test points.
B Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point
B conjunction with a double regulating valve
If other test points are fitted, Pressure / Figure 750 has a maximum working Flow charts available.
for control of flow.
Temperature limitations may be C temperature of 180C. If other test Can also be used with Figure 1200 PN40
C reduced. points are fitted the maximum operating isolating valve to form an orifice valve (PTV).
D
temperature should be obtained from
the test point manufacturer.
Use with Figure 1200DR to make
TEST PRESSURES Commissioning Set 5200.
Shell: 60 bar 44

A A 40
B
36
32
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 28

Pressure bar
Nom 24
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 Nom
Size mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 20
A mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 38 38 38 38 38
A mm 18 18 18 18 18 18 16
B mm 165 175 185 195 208 223 253 282 312 320 345 375 397 456
B mm 95 100 105 115 120 130 12
C mm 220 240 255 280 306 336 396 453 513 545 595 655 707 825
C mm 140 150 160 185 195 210
Weight kg 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.8 3.3 5.0 6.0 7.0 12.4 14.5 18.0 22.1 36.1 8
D mm 95 105 115 140 150 165
Flow Coefficient (Kvs) 48.24 98.58 137.4 224.9 341.1 491.5 835.4 1252 1818 2254 2939 3601 4708 6875 4
Weight kg 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.5 2.9 3.5
Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box. 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

32 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 33
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN16 - SIZES 65-300mm PN16

Fig. MH733 Fig. MH737


Double Regulating Valve (DRV) DRV Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valve (VODRV) VOCS

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
The double regulating feature allows the Component Material The double regulating feature allows the Component Material
valve to be used for isolation and to be valve to be used for isolation and to be
re-opened to its pre-set position to maintain Body Ductile Iron re-opened to its pre-set position to maintain Body Ductile Iron
required flow rate Bonnet Ductile Iron required flow rate Bonnet Ductile Iron
Bonnet gasket Non-asbestos Bonnet gasket Non-asbestos
Disc (All sizes) EPDM Coated Cast Iron Disc (All sizes) EPDM Coated Cast Iron
Disc Bush Bronze Disc Bush Bronze
Stem 410 SS Stem 410 SS
Gland (65 to 150mm) Brass Gland (65 to 150mm) Brass
Gland (200 to 300mm) Cast Iron Gland (200 to 300mm) Cast Iron
Gland Nut Brass Gland Nut Brass
Packing Non-asbestos Packing Non-asbestos
Seat Ring Bronze Seat Ring Bronze

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ APPLICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ APPLICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING In two unit systems, the MH733 TEMPERATURE RATING Primarily used in injection or other
16 bar from -10 to 120C has sufficient authority to regulate 16 bar from -10 to 120C circuits requiring a double
flow in circuits incorporating a flow regulating valve for system
Ratings align with BS EN 1092-2 PN16 Ratings align with BS EN 1092-2 PN16
measurement device. balancing. Accuracy of flow
(formerly BS 4504) (formerly BS 4504)
Fitted with 4 x 1/4" BSPT plugs measurement is 10% at the full
which can be replaced with Figure B open position of the valve. Some
B SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
631 test points onsite to convert to reduction in accuracy occurs at
Y-Pattern globe valve with a These are Y-Pattern globe valves
Figure MH737. partial openings of the valve in
characterised throttling disc and suitable for flow regulation and isolation.
Conform to BS 7350. accordance with BS 7350.
ends flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Valves are supplied with Figure 631 test
The valve opening may be set to control points to enable flow measurement.
flow at a pre-determined rate. Operation Valves conform to requirements of
of the valve is by means of a hand wheel BS 7350 and ends are flanged to
incorporating a micrometer device. Use with Figure M2000 to make BS EN 1092-2 (formerly BS 4504).
Commissioning Set MH2733. An ANSI version is also available
An ANSI version is also available
A A (MHA737).
(MHA733).

DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS & COEFFICIENTS* 18 DIMENSIONS, WEIGHTS & COEFFICIENTS* 18

DN Face-to-face Centre-to-top Weight Flow Headloss 16 DN Face-to-face Centre-to-top Weight Flow Headloss 16
A (mm) B (mm) (kg) (Kv) (K) A (mm) B (mm) (kg) (Kv) (K)
14 14
65 290 262 15.8 85 4.9 65 290 262 15.8 85 4.9
12 12
80 310 267 19.5 111 5.5 80 310 267 19.5 111 5.5
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
100 350 300 28.0 146 9.2 10 100 350 300 28.0 146 9.2 10
125 400 325 37.5 250 7.3 8 125 400 325 37.5 250 7.3 8
150 480 340 50.5 380 6.5 150 480 340 50.5 380 6.5
6 6
200 600 525 123.0 600 7.8 200 600 525 123.0 600 7.8
250 730 575 192.0 1211 4.6 4 250 730 575 192.0 1211 4.6 4
300 850 645 251.0 1521 6.0 2 300 850 645 251.0 1521 6.0 2
* Fully open position * Fully open position
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

34 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 35
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN16 PN16

Fig. 953 & 953G Fig. 973 & 973G


Ductile Iron with Double Regulating Feature DRV Ductile Iron with Double Regulating Feature DRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust iron body materials for long service life Component Material Specification Robust iron body materials for long service life Component Material Specification
Precise flow regulation BS EN ASTM Precise flow regulation BS EN ASTM
Flanged with handwheel easy to install Body Ductile Iron - Flanged with handwheel easy to install Body Ductile Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
and operate Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 and operate Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Disc Aluminium Bronze 1982 CC333G B148 C95800 Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Disc Aluminium Bronze 1982 CC333G B148 C95800
Disc Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276 304 Disc Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276 304
Liner EPDM - Liner EPDM -
Bearings PTFE Coated Steel - Bearings PTFE Coated Steel -

PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Valves up to and including 200mm TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593: 2009.
EPDM Seat can be supplied lever operated or EPDM Seat Valves up to and including 200mm can be
fully enclosed gear operated. supplied lever operated or fully enclosed
16 bar from -10 up to 120C 16 bar from -10 up to 120C
All operators fitted with double gear operated.
regulating feature. All operators fitted with double
SERVICE RATING SERVICE RATING
Flow charts available. regulating feature.
Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
Flow charts available.
NOTE
TEST PRESSURES Butterfly valves should not be less TEST PRESSURES NOTE
Shell: 24 bar than 30 open when used for Shell: 24 bar Butterfly valves should not be less than
Seat: 17.6 bar regulation duties. Seat: 17.6 bar 30 open when used for regulation duties.
Stainless Steel disc option 4973 - 4973G.

18 18
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16 16
D F
Fig. 953 14 D F 14

12
Fig. 973 12
Nom
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 10 Nom 10
A Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305 8
A
8
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 6 6
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4 4
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63
D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2 2
D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268
0 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 0
F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 B 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 Temperature C
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 B
Weight kg 3.5 4 5.4 6.7 9 9.9 16.4 K K
C Weight kg 4 4.5 7.2 12.6 13.5 14.9 24.1
E C
G
G E
D D
Fig. 953G Fig. 973G
F F
Nom Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562 A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562
A
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 A
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156 C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - - D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - -
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450 B F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 B
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335 K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335
C
Weight kg 15 15.5 16.9 18.2 20.5 21.4 29 33.5 45.8 56.2 88.4 110.2 160.5 260 E Weight kg 15.5 16 18.7 24.1 25 26.4 36.7 47.1 62.1 84.9 123.8 139.7 215.5 337.3 C
G E
G
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

36 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 37
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN25 - DN50-300 PN16

Fig. 4983G Fig. 5953 & 5953G


Ductile Iron Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve DRV Semi-lugged Metrex Commissioning Sets FOCS

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust iron body materials for long service life Component Material Specification Robust iron body materials for long service life Component Material Specification
Precise flow regulation BS EN Precise flow regulation and accurate BS EN ASTM DIN
Flanged with handwheel easy to install Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN GJS 56017 measurement Valve Figure 953G -
and operate Plug Carbon Steel - Flanged with handwheel easy to install Test Points Figure 631 -
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Liner EPDM - and operate Extension Sleeve Gunmetal 1400LG2 B62 1705 G-CuSn5ZnPb
Shaft (lower) Steel AISI 431 Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Housing Cast Iron 1452 Gr220 A126 CI B 1691 GG22
Disc Stainless Steel SS304 (Nickel Plated)
Shaft (upper) Steel AISI 431 Orifice Plate Stainless Steel 970 316S31 AISI 316 17440 X5CrNiMo1812
O-Ring EPDM -
Lock Plate Brass ASTM B16 C36000
Snap Ring Carbon Steel -
Gearbox - -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS L
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION Supplied complete with
Figure 631 test points and
TEMPERATURE A fully lugged butterfly valve for use TEMPERATURE A close coupled
necessary bolting for
H with PN25 flanges. J commissioning set
RATING RATING comprising a lugged butterfly connection of the valve
High temperature EPDM liner for
25 bar from -10 to 120C EPDM Seat valve and metering station to end to the system.
applications up to 120C.
A 16 bar from -10 to 120C offer all the advantages of the Comprehensive flow
A double regulating gearbox as standard. K
TEST PRESSURES close coupled concept charts available.
H1 Can be used in conjunction with a flow
K Shell: 37.5 bar measurement device, Figure M3000 to
SERVICE RATING together with an accuracy NOTE
Seat: 27.5 bar H Suitable for Chilled Water, of 5% of flow rate. The valve should be not
regulate and measure flow.
LTHW and MTHW Gear operation provides less than 30 open for
infinitely variable settings regulation duties. Wrench
B N-M
TEST PRESSURES between fully open and operated version available
closed positions. in sizes 50 to 200mm.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar The commissioning set is Figure 9973G available,
E supplied as a single unit. stainless steel disc.
A B
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 28 18

16
Nom 24
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 14
A mm 140 152 160 180 191 202 241 274 315 20
Nom 12
B mm 68 76 85 100 120 132 160 200 230
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
H mm 35 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 45 16 10
A mm 133 151 166 192 221 246 300 358 418
D mm 90 90 90 90 90 90 125 125 125
12 B mm 135 145 160 165 180 190 225 255 275 8
E mm 43 45 46 51.5 56 56.5 60 68.5 79.5
H mm 182 190 197 219 232 254 278 281 306
L mm 160 160 160 160 160 160 238 238 238 6
8 J mm 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 228 228
K mm 125 145 160 190 220 250 310 370 430
K dia 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 300 300 4
N-M mm 4-M16 8-M16 8-M16 8-M20 8-M24 8-M24 8-M24 12-M27 16-M27
4 Weight kg 10.0 10.8 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.5 29.8 40.0 53.0
H-I mm 172.5 184.5 192.5 212.5 223.5 234.5 278.0 311.0 366.0 2
Weight kg 10.0 10.8 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.5 29.8 40.0 53.0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

38 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 39
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN16 PN25 DN50-150

Fig. 5973 & 5973G Fig. 4993G


Fully-lugged Metrex Commissioning Sets Chilled Water FOCS Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve DRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust iron body materials for long service life Component Material Specification Precise flow regulation Component Material Specification
Precise flow regulation and accurate BS EN ASTM Flanged with handwheel easy to install BS EN ASTM
measurement Valve Figure 973 (see - and operate Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
Flanged with handwheel easy to install page 37 for materials) Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Body Seat Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
and operate Test Points Figure 631 - Bi-directional isolation Disc Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Extension Sleeve Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 Disc Seal Ring PTFE or
Double eccentric disc
Housing Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 Cl B PTFE/Neoprene
Orifice Plate Stainless Steel 10088-1 XSCrNiMo 17-12-2 Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
AISI 316 Stem Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION Bottom Cap Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
TEMPERATURE A close coupled commissioning set comprising a lugged
Gland Packing PTFE or -
butterfly valve and metering station to offer all the
RATING advantages of the close coupled concept together
PTFE/Neoprene
EPDM Seat with an accuracy of 5% of flow rate. Bearings Bronze-PTFE -
16 bar from -10 to 120C Gear operation provides infinitely variable settings between Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
fully open and closed positions. Handwheel Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
SERVICE RATING The commissioning set is supplied as a single unit.
Suitable for Chilled Water, Supplied complete with Figure 631 test points and necessary
LTHW and MTHW bolting for connection of the valve end to the system.
Comprehensive flow charts available.
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
NOTE
Seat: 17.6 bar The valve should be not less than 30 open for regulation
duties. Wrench operated version available in sizes 50 to
200mm. Figure 9973G available, stainless steel disc.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS F PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593: 2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 25 bar from -10 to 135C
basic series 16.
J C D 20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
TEST PRESSURES Double eccentric disc.
H Bi-directional isolation.
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
G
H Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.

B
18 E 28
A
16
24
A B 14 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
20
12 Nom
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 16
10
Nom A mm 43 46 64 64 70 76
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 8
B mm 123 131 150 175 187 218 12
A mm 133 151 166 192 221 246 300 358 418 H mm 215 215 220 281 294 317
6
B mm 135 145 160 165 180 190 225 255 275 C mm 27 27 27 35 35 42 8
H mm 182 190 197 219 232 254 278 281 306 4
D dia mm 125 200 200 250 300 300
J mm 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 228 228 2 E mm 39 39 39 52 52 67 4
K dia mm 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 300 300 F mm 152 159 159 184 197 223
Weight (geared) kg 13 15 21 26 33 45 69 94 131 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Weight kg 10 12 17 24 33 47 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C
Temperature C
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

40 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 41
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN25 DN200-500 PN40 DN65-150

Fig. 4993G Fig. 4993G


Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve DRV Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve DRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Precise flow regulation Component Material Specification Precise flow regulation Component Material Specification
Flanged with handwheel easy to install BS EN ASTM Flanged with handwheel easy to install BS EN ASTM
and operate Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB and operate Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ -
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Body Seat Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Neoprene
Bi-directional isolation Disc Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Bi-directional isolation Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Disc Seal Ring PTFE or - Stem Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Double eccentric disc Double eccentric disc
PTFE/Neoprene Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Bottom Cap Steel -
Stem Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Gland Packing PTFE Graphite -
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Bearings Bronze-PTFE -
Bottom Cap Steel - Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Gland Packing PTFE Graphite - Handwheel Steel -
Bearings Bronze-PTFE - Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Body Seat Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Handwheel Stainless Steel - Disc Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


F F
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009. TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
25 bar from -10 to 135C Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 40 bar from -10 to 90C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
20.7 bar at 149C basic series 16. 20.7 bar at 149C basic series 16.
D D
C 3.4 bar at 204C Reinforced PTFE disc seal. C 3.4 bar at 204C Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat. Stainless steel body seat.
TEST PRESSURES Double eccentric disc. TEST PRESSURES Double eccentric disc.
H Shell: 37.5 bar Bi-directional isolation. H Shell: 60 bar Bi-directional isolation.
Seat: 27.5 bar Valves fitted with double regulating feature Seat: 44 bar Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available. PN40, alternative flanges available.
B B
E E
A 28 A 45

40
24
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
35
Nom 20 Nom
Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 30
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
A mm 89 114 114 127 140 152 152 16 A mm 43 46 64 64 70 76 25
B mm 294 333 382 398 448 473 555 B mm 123 131 150 175 187 218
12 20
H mm 369 396 461 477 557 583 643 H mm 215 215 220 281 294 317
C mm 42 50 50 50 66 66 66 C mm 27 27 27 35 35 42 15
D dia mm 300 457 457 457 610 610 610 8 D dia mm 125 200 200 250 300 300
10
E mm 67 90 123 154 138 138 138 E mm 39 39 39 52 52 67
4 5
F mm 223 279 331 356 477 477 477 F mm 152 159 159 184 197 223
Weight kg 73 126 167 243 340 454 493 0 Weight kg 10 12 17 24 33 47 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47. Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

42 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 43
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC
PN40 DN200-500

Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve DRV Cast Iron and Steel Commissioning Valves Coefficients

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Fig. M2000


Precise flow regulation Component Material Specification Nom
Flanged with handwheel easy to install BS EN ASTM Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
and operate Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB Flow Kv 71.91 155.9 217.3 380.2 576.6 830.8 1412
Positive flow control at all handwheel settings Body Seat Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Headloss Factor 0.45 0.4 0.4 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
Bi-directional isolation Disc Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Kvs 48.24 98.58 137.4 224.9 341.1 491.5 835.4
Double eccentric disc Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ -
Neoprene Nom
Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Size mm 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Stem Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Flow Kv 2116 3073 3810 4968 6087 7958 11621
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 Headloss Factor 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
Gland Packing PTFE Graphite - Kvs 1252 1818 2254 2939 3601 4708 6875
Bearings Bronze-PTFE -
Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Fig. M3000
Handwheel Steel - Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Flow Kv - 155.9 217.3 380.2 576.6 830.8 1412 2116 3073
Headloss Factor - 0.4 0.4 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
Kvs - 98.58 137.4 224.9 341.1 491.5 835.4 1252 1818

Fig. MH733
Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Flow Kv (fully open) - 85 111 146 250 380 600 1211 1521
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
F
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Fig. MH737
40 bar from -10 to 90C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
20.7 bar at 149C basic series 16. Nom
D Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
C 3.4 bar at 204C Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat. Flow Kv (fully open) - 85 111 146 250 380 600 1211 1521
TEST PRESSURES Double eccentric disc.
H Shell: 60 bar Bi-directional isolation. Fig. 5953G
Seat: 44 bar Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available. Headloss Factor 0.45 0.4 0.4 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
B Kvs 48.24 98.58 137.4 224.9 341.1 491.5 835.4 1252 1818
E 45
A
40 Fig. 5973G
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 35 Nom
Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
30
Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Headloss Factor 0.45 0.4 0.4 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35
Pressure bar

A mm 89 114 114 127 140 152 152 25 Kvs 48.24 98.58 137.4 224.9 341.1 491.5 835.4 1252 1818
B mm 294 333 382 398 448 473 555 20
H mm 369 396 461 477 557 583 643
15 Fig. 4983G PN25
C mm 42 50 50 50 66 66 66
D dia mm 300 457 457 457 610 610 610 Nom
10
E mm 67 90 123 154 138 138 138 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
5 Headloss Factor 1.86 0.95 0.50 0.29 0.37 0.43 0.31 0.56 0.33
F mm 223 279 331 356 477 477 477
Weight kg 79 143 203 288 415 469 589 0 Kvs 85 204 370 820 982 1353 2923 3374 6350
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

44 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 45
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALANCING VALVES - STATIC BALANCING VALVES - STATIC

Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients Bronze Commissioning Valves Coefficients

Headloss Factor % The headloss of the DRV is obtained from the graph at the fully Fig. 1732, 1732M, 1732L, 1732C, 1732MC, 1732LC
The headloss across a metering station is less than the open position at the particular design flow rate. The total Nom
headloss of the metering station and DRV (commissioning set), Size in 1/2L 1/2M 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
differential pressure (P) signal indicated at the pressure
tappings as shown on the metering station flow charts. when directly coupled or independently located, is the 1732 Flow Kv - - 1.87 3.14 5.59 10.8 18.1 29.1
The value of headloss for the metering station is shown summation of the two separate values. 1732 Kvs - - 1.943 4.181 7.46 15.33 23.06 47.7
as a percentage of the signal in the tables below. 1732M Flow Kv - - 1.06 - - - - -
1732M Kvs - - 1.003 - - - - -
Fig. 1000 1732L Flow Kv - - 0.57 - - - - -
1732L Kvs - - 0.506 - - - - -
Nom
Size mm 15 22 28 32 40 50 1732C Flow Kv - - 1.87 3.14 - - - -
Flow Kv 2.244 5.4 9.63 21.68 34.38 71.1 1732C Kvs - - 2.037 4.457 - - - -
Headloss Factor 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.45 0.45 1732MC Flow Kv - - 1.06 - - - - -
Kvs 1.943 4.181 7.46 15.33 23.06 47.7 1732MC Kvs - - 1.029 - - - - -
1732LC Flow Kv - - 0.57 - - - - -
1732LC Kvs - - 0.511 - - - - -
Fig. 1000C Fig. 1000M Fig. 1000L
Nom Nom Nom Fig. 1832, 1832M, 1832L
Size mm 15 Size mm 15 Size mm 15
Nom
Flow Kv 2.354 Flow Kv 1.101 Flow Kv 0.533 Size in 1/2 3/4
Headloss Factor 0.75 Headloss Factor 0.83 Headloss Factor 0.9 1832 Flow Kv 1.703 2.973
Kvs 2.039 Kvs 1.003 Kvs 0.506 1832 Kvs 1.943 4.181
1832M Flow Kv 1.056 -
1832M Kvs 1.003 -
Fig. 1000MC Fig. 1000LC
1832L Flow Kv 0.532 -
Nom Nom 1832L Kvs 0.506 -
Size mm 15 Size mm 15
Flow Kv 1.129 Flow Kv 0.539
Headloss Factor 0.83 Fig. 1200DR
Headloss Factor 0.9
Kvs 1.029 Kvs 0.511 Nom
Size mm 15 20 25 35 40 50
Flow Kv 4.74 9.96 18.46 26.71 42.15 70.95
Fig. 1432, 1432L, 1432C, 1432LC
Nom
Size in 1/2L 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 Fig. 4000
1432 Flow Kv (fully open) 2.26 2.14 3.6 6.37 12.3 21.3 31.3 Nom
1432L Flow Kv - 2.26 - - - - - Size mm 15 20 25 35 40 50
1432C Flow Kv - 2.14 3.6 - - - - Flow Kv 2.293 5.331 9.506 22.15 36.36 70.91
1432LC Flow Kv - 2.26 - - - - - Headloss Factor 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.45 0.45
Kvs 1.986 4.129 7.363 15.66 24.39 47.57

Fig. 2432, 2432LM, 2432LL


Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
2432 Flow Kv 1.549 2.995 5.31 10.7 18.11 28.65
2432LM Flow Kv 0.99 - - - - -
2432LL Flow Kv 0.519 - - - - -

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

46 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 47
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Project: Sea Containers House, London
Sector: Commercial
Contractor: BBESL
S Shand-Brown

Distributor: BSS
Specification: Press-Fit Valves, Hook-Ups, General Isolating Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves,
DPCV, Commissioning Valves and WRAS Approved Valves.

48 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 49
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES

Differential Pressure Control Valves

Extremely efficient, the DPCV is set to a


maximum differential pressure limit, under
dynamic balancing conditions, which ensures
flow cannot exceed a desired rate. It therefore
helps reduce energy consumption and the risk of
noise, and simplifies the commissioning process.
The EPM diaphragm, which separates the upper
and lower chamber of the valve, in combination
with the balanced piston, is key to stabilising
differential pressure within the system.
The rubber-seated piston, controlled by the
diaphragm, closes the valve on rising differential
pressure and opens it on falling differential
pressure. The valve will continue to move in this
way until equilibrium of pressure is achieved.
This ensures the maximum desired flow rates or
differential pressures are not exceeded.
Installing a DPCV in a system to control
differential pressure can also help to minimise
the risk of noise.
Installing a DPCV in a circuit ensures the system
remains balanced, independent from any
changes in other areas of the circuit, which
greatly simplifies the balancing and
commissioning procedure. It also maintains the
control authority of the 2-port control valve.
Available in sizes from DN15 to DN50, in flow and
return configurations, the DPCV operates at a
temperature range of -10C to 100C and is PN16
rated. The pressure differential is set on
installation, across a 20 to 80 kPa range, and can
be easily adjusted on commissioning as required
by the changing conditions.
Hattersley offers other accessories which are
highly recommended in order to achieve an
optimum performance.
Project: The Baltic Arts Centre, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear
Sector: Arts
Contractor: Atelier Ten
Specification: Range of Hattersley Commissioning and Traditional Valves.

50 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 51
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
PN16

Differential Pressure Control Valves Fig. F400 Flow New


features & benefits Fig. R400 Return DPCV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. Component Material

1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)


2 Bonnet Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
3 Chamber Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
4 Adjuster Nylon Grade PA6
5 Plug R 1/4" DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
INT Stem / Piston Stainless Steel BS EN 10088 - 1:2005
INT Diaphragm Rubber EPDM
NT O-Ring Seals Rubber EPDM
Diaphragm
See diagrams for item numbers
Separates and balances Adjuster INT denotes an internal component not visible on these drawings
the upper and lower DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Easily sets differential
chambers and therefore
pressure across a Size DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
the differential pressure.
20-100 kPa range,
The diaphragm reacts A mm 87 96 100 114 125 146
and can be adjusted
quickly to fluctuation in B mm 175 175 185 190 195 205
to maintain desired
pressure. End Connection in Rp 1/2" Rp 3/4" Rc 1" Rc 11/4" Rc 11/2" Rc 2"
flow rates or
EN10226 Parallel Parallel Taper Taper Taper Taper
differential pressure,
Flow
matching circuit
(Fully Open) Kv 2.32 3.2 6.45 11.0 15.39 24.68
conditions.
Weight kg 2.32 2.36 2.53 2.73 3.01 3.46

DN15 & DN20 End Connections: EN10226 Rp Parallel


DN25 to DN50 End Connections: EN10226 Rc Taper Male-ended DPCV F300 is available on request.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

119 119

Integral Pressure
Balance Tube
Pressure from before Flow Configuration Return Configuration
the load is linked to Top View Top View
the upper chamber 4 4
(flow mounted B IMPULSE TUBE IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION CONNECTION
configuration only).

3 3

Bosses enable fitting of test 2 2


points for DP confirmation
and system diagnostics.
1 1

5 A
107 80
Impulse Tube
Flow & Return Configuration Flow Configuration Return Configuration
Alongside the DPCV, an impulse tube is supplied as Side View Front View Front View
standard. It is essential to the valves performance
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
as it taps pressure from the other side of the circuit
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

and links it to the valves chambers.


Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

52 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 53
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES DPCV
PN16

Companion Valve DPF1732 New DPCV Typical Installation Layouts


FOCS

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. Component Material
DPCV

1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)


2 Bonnet DN15 to DN32 DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
Impulse
Bonnet DN40 to DN50 Bronze BS EN1982 (CC491K) Tube
3 Stem DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
4 Disc (DN25 Only) DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
Disc ( DN32 to DN50) DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
5 Handwheel Plastic
6 O-Ring Seal EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved Load
7 Orifice Insert DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
8 Test Valve DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
9 Plug R 1/8" DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
10 Plug R 1/4" DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Fig. DPF DPF DPF
2 Port
No. 1732 1732L 1732M Control
DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50 DN15 DN15 Valve
A mm 87 96 100 114 125 146 87 87 Companion
B mm 105 106 127 128 143 144 105 105 Valve
C mm 50 54 62 66 70 78 50 50
D mm 34 36 39 43 46 48 34 34 Example Flow Configuration (F400)
E End Connection Rp 1/2" Rp 3/4" Rc 1" Rc 11/4" Rc 11/2" Rc 2" Rp 1/2" Rp 1/2"
EN10226 Parallel Parallel Taper Taper Taper Taper Parallel Parallel
Fully Open

Flow Kv 1.87 3.14 5.59 10.8 18.1 29.1 0.57 1.06


Companion
Head Loss K 30.27 34.55 27.85 22.60 14.76 14.62 325.8 94.20 Valve
KVs 1.943 4.181 7.46 15.33 23.06 47.7 0.506 1.003
Weight kg 0.57 0.61 0.90 1.07 1.42 1.97 0.57 0.57
Impulse
DN15 & DN20 End Connections: EN10226 Rp Parallel Tube
DN25 to DN50 End Connections: EN10226 Rc Taper Male-ended Companion Valve is available on request.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
90
Load
8
P1

3
B

2 P2 2 Port
Control
6
Valve
DPCV
C

5
7
D

Example RETURN Configuration (R400)


PLUGS CAN BE
9 IMPULSE TUBE 4 REPLACED AT SITE
CONNECTION POINT 1
8 A 10 WITH TEST POINTS
FOR DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE VERIFICATION

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

54 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 55
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES HOOK-UP II

Fig. 302
Hook-Up II

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Hook-Up II provides flow control, measurement, BENEFITS
Large diameter handwheel Component Material Specification flushing and isolation, using bronze and DZR For the design engineer there are many
Easy to read indicator scale BS EN
brass components. It is PN16 rated with versions advantages. With all the components supplied
Fine adjustment Handwheel Polymer -
suitable for chilled, low and medium temperature as one pre-tested unit, minimal design
Easy setting Retaining Clip Stainless Steel -
Manual locking by screwdriver Spring Compressor Brass 12165 CW617N hot water, ranging from -10C to a maximum of involvement is needed and the performance of
End connections Compressor Seals EPDM - 120C. Available in 1/2", 3/4" and 1" sizes. the entire unit is known in advance.
Spring Stainless Steel -
Disc Brass 12165 CW617N The Hook-Up II is pre-fabricated using proven, For the contractor the need for only four
Disc Facing EPDM - stringently tested Hattersley products. The fully connections offers significant reductions in
Body Brass 12165 CW617N assembled unit is tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 costs. The fully tested, guaranteed and
Compression Ring Brass -
prior to delivery. For a complete list of standardised components are pressure tested
Compression Nut Brass 12165 CW617N
components see the specification for before leaving Hattersley. Apart from the
each figure number on the following pages. cleaning of the strainer, the Hook-Up II is
The newly designed Hook-Up II features a designed to be maintenance free.
number of design improvements. A single cast This brochure outlines our standard range but
H-Body reduces the number of joints, the weight other configurations can be made by special
and the size of the module. A combination of arrangement. Our technical team will assist
components can be selected to attach to the with valve sizing etc.
H-Body, depending on the site specifications.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

12
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING 10
10 bar max
110C max
8
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


SETTING RANGE
Nom 6
1 to 6 mH20 (10 to 60 kPa)
Size in 3/4" 11/4"
A in G3/4 G11/4 4
B in G3/4 G11/4
C mm 59 89 2
D mm 26 41
E mm 104 158 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Weight kg 0.45 1.19 Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

56 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 57
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II

Flow and Return Connections: Commissioning Set


Adjusts and sets the flow rate
A Flow Connection from Pipework with proven high accuracy.
Customers can opt for Pressure Test Points
Flow Connection to the Draincock
B Terminal Unit manually set FODRV valve On commissioning valves
For routine maintenance,
or a motorised for flow measurement.
allows flushing of
Return Connection from the FODRV valve (right). On strainer to check
C Terminal Unit
2 strainer without need to
pressure drop across
remove basket.
load.
D Return Connection to Pipework 3 4

End Connectors
Simple connection to
system. BSP female
threads allow
connections to any
possible pipes using
adaptors. Installed
directly on flow and
return connections of
heating and cooling
terminal units ie. fan coils
C and chilled beams. 5

Centralised
Isolation Valve
Allows easy back
flushing, forward
B
flushing and isolation.
An extension stem is
added for chilled
water services Strainer (optional)
1 Keeps system clean.
Filters flow before it
reaches terminal unit.
6

Union Connector
Allows custom alignment
and features an integral
O-Ring to ensure joints
are pressure tight.
D 7

Extension Stems
New H-Body Reference Tags For chilled water services,
extension stems are fitted
is factory tested before Each unit is tagged with
as standard to the
and after final assembly. individual fan coil reference
isolation ball valve to
Flushing bypass 11 A Consists of one compact
casting; reducing weight
numbers and relevant
customer information as
enable lagging.
and size. requested. 8
10 9
Figure 266 for heated water is shown here.

58 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 59
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Project: Wembley WO5 Development, London
Sector: Commercial
Client: Quintain
Distributor: Pipe Center City
Architect: PRP/The Manser Practice
Project Manager: Stace LLP
Mechanical Contractor: FCS Services
Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up II
Hattersley Hook-Up II flow management modules have been specified for the HVAC system of
Quintains new mixed-use development in the Wembley WO5 district, which surrounds the
Wembley Arena. The project will have 3 phases; the student accommodation will be constructed
first, followed by apartments and then a 4* Hilton Hotel. Hattersley valves will be installed in all
stages of the development to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning.
The Hook-Up II is ideal for this project as it provides easy flow control and accurate flow
measurement, along with flushing and isolating capabilities from a single, pre-fabricated unit.
Only four connections need to be made on site, speeding up installation time and reducing costs.
All modules are tested in advance so design engineers know the exact performance of the entire
unit prior to installation.
The construction of student halls of residence has just started and will comprise 656 bedrooms,
communal kitchens and car parking over 11 floors.

60 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 61
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II
PN16 PN16

Fig. C266 & H266 Fig. C268 & H268


Manual (with Drain and Strainer) Manual (without Drain and Strainer)

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Component Material Specification Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Component Material Specification
Provides flow control, measurement, BS EN Provides flow control, measurement, BS EN
flushing and isolation 1. H-Body Bronze 1982 CC491K flushing and isolation 1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) Bronze 1982 CC491K
Can be tailored to customers specifications 2. Fig. 1732/M/L FODRV Bronze 1982 CC491K Can be tailored to customers specifications 2. Fig. 1732/M/L DRV Bronze 1982 CC491K
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW 3. Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball DZR Brass 12165 CW602N For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
Reduces time, costs and specification risks 4. Union Connector DZR Brass 12164 CW602N Reduces time, costs and specification risks 4. Union Connector DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
5. Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve DZR Brass 12165 CW602N 5. Adaptors for 1" only* DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
6. Fig. 631 Test Point DZR Brass 12164 CW602N 6. Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
7. Adaptors for 1" only* DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.
8. Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units. PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PN16 -10 to 120C right-handed configuration.
TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or
PN16 -10 to 120C
right-handed configuration.
TEST PRESSURES SERVICE RATING
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 Figure C268 is suitable for chilled
TEST PRESSURES SERVICE RATING water applications.
Figure C266 is suitable for chilled Figure H268 is suitable for LTHW
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003
water applications. and MTHW applications.
Fig. C266 for Fig. H266 for Figure H266 is suitable for LTHW Fig. C268 for Fig. H268 for
chilled water heated water and MTHW applications. chilled water heated water

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

G
G
E

G
D1

D
D
D1

Fig. C266 Fig. H266


Fig. C268 Fig. H268

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS C J1 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS B J1


Nom B JJ J
1/2 female 3/4 female Nom 3 4 6
4
Size in 1 female 1/2 female 3/4 female
6 3 4 8
4 Size in 1 female 3
A mm 143 143 150 5
7 A mm 143 143 150
B mm 170 185 221
B mm 120 125 149
C mm 205 215 251

OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS


D mm 45 54 57
OVER HANDWHEEL LUGS

D mm 38 47 50 (right-hand
(right-hand D1 mm 110 119 123 2 1

H
D1 mm 105 119 123 5
configuration
1 2 configuration F mm 168 175 190
H

shown)

A
E mm 110 120 120 2
shown) G mm 110 111 132
A

F mm 168 175 190


H mm 80 80 80
G mm 110 111 132
J mm 42 42 42
H mm 80 80 80 J1 mm - - 70
J mm 42 42 42 Weight kg 1.90 2.20 2.75
J1 mm - - 70 F
F
Weight kg 2.35 2.70 3.40

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

62 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 63
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II
PN16 PN16

Fig. C267 & H267 Fig. C269 & H269


MotoBalance (with Drain and Strainer) MotoBalance (without Drain and Strainer)

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Component Material Specification Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Component Material Specification
Provides flow control, measurement, BS EN Provides flow control, measurement, BS EN
flushing and isolation 1. H-Body Bronze 1982 CC491K flushing and isolation 1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) Bronze 1982 CC491K
Can be tailored to customers specifications 2. Fig. 1832/M/L FODRV Bronze 1982 CC491K Can be tailored to customers specifications 2. Fig. 1832/M/L DRV Bronze 1982 CC491K
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW 3. Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball DZR Brass 12165 CW602N For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
Reduces time, costs and specification risks 4. Union Connector DZR Brass 12164 CW602N Reduces time, costs and specification risks 4. Union Connector DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
5. Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve DZR Brass 12165 CW602N 5. Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
6. Fig. 631 Test Point DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
7. Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PN16 -10 to 120C right-handed configuration.
TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or
PN16 -10 to 120C right-handed configuration. TEST PRESSURES SERVICE RATING
Figure C269 is suitable for chilled
SERVICE RATING (HYDRAULIC) water applications.
TEST PRESSURES Tested to BS EN 12266-1
Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003 Figure C267 is suitable for chilled Figure H269 is suitable for LTHW
water applications. and MTHW applications.
Figure H267 is suitable for LTHW
and MTHW applications.
Fig. C267 for Fig. H267 for Fig. C269 for Fig. H269 for
chilled water heated water chilled water heated water

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS


G1
E

D1

D
G1
G

G
D

Fig. C267 Fig. H267


D1

Fig. C269 Fig. H269


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS B J
C
Nom Nom
B J
Size in 1/2 female 3/4 female 1/2 female 3/4 female 3 5
Size in 44
A mm 125 125 A mm 125 125
6 3 4 7
4
B mm 170 185 B mm 120 125
C mm 205 215 D mm 45 54
D mm 38 47
(right-hand
D1 mm 110 119 2 configuration
D1 mm 105 119 11

H
F mm 168 175 shown)

A
(right-hand
E mm 110 120 G mm 43 43
5
1
configuration
H

F mm 168 175 2 G1 mm 85 85
shown)
A

G mm 43 43 H mm 80 80
G1 mm 85 85 J mm 42 42
H mm 80 80 Weight kg 1.75 2.04
F
J mm 42 42
Weight kg 2.20 2.54 F

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

64 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 65
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II
PN16 PN16

Fig. C262 & H262 Fig. C264 & H264


Autoflow (with Drain and Strainer) Autoflow (without Drain and Strainer)

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Component Material Specification Ultra compact, prefabricated unit Component Material Specification
Provides flow control, measurement, BS EN Provides flow control, measurement, BS EN
flushing and isolation 1. H-Body Bronze 1982 CC491K flushing and isolation 1. H-Body (DN15 - DN20) Bronze 1982 CC491K
Can be tailored to customers specifications 2. Fig. 1051 Autoflow DZR Brass 12165 CW602N Can be tailored to customers specifications 2. Fig. 1051 Autoflow DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW 3. Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball DZR Brass 12165 CW602N For use with Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW 3. Fig. 100 Ball Valve DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
Reduces time, costs and specification risks 4. Union Connector DZR Brass 12164 CW602N Reduces time, costs and specification risks 4. Union Connector DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
5. Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve DZR Brass 12165 CW602N 5. Adaptors for 1" only* DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
6. Fig. 631 Test Point DZR Brass 12164 CW602N 6. Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
7. Adaptors for 1" only* DZR Brass 12164 CW602N *For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.
8. Union Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units. PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or
PN16 -10 to 120C right-handed configuration.
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Both modules can adopt a left or SERVICE RATING
right-handed configuration. TEST PRESSURES
PN16 -10 to 120C Figure C264 is suitable for chilled
Tested to BS EN 12266-1: 2003
water applications.
TEST PRESSURES SERVICE RATING Figure H264 is suitable for LTHW
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003 Figure C262 is suitable for chilled and MTHW applications.
water applications.
Figure H262 is suitable for LTHW
Fig. C262 for Fig. H262 for and MTHW applications. Fig. C264 for Fig. H264 for
chilled water heated water chilled water heated water

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

G1
E

G
D1

G1
G

K
D

D1

Fig. H262 Fig. C262


Fig. C264 Fig. H264
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Size in 1/2 female 3/4 female 1 female Nom B J1
C J1
Size in 1/2 female 3/4 female 1 female
A mm 130 135 140 B J J
A mm 130 135 140 3 4 6
B mm 170 185 221
6 3 4 8 B mm 120 125 149
C mm 205 215 251
D mm 51 51 68 D mm 45 54 57
D1 mm 105 119 123 D1 mm 110 119 123
F mm 220 225 295 (right-hand
E mm 110 120 120
(right-hand G mm 43 43 43 2 configuration
1

H
F mm 220 225 295 shown)

A
5 2
configuration G1 mm 85 85 85
H

G mm 43 43 43 1
A

shown)
G1 mm 85 85 85 H mm 80 80 80
H mm 80 80 80 J mm 42 42 42
J mm 42 42 42 J1 mm - - 70
J1 mm - - 70 K mm 51 51 68 F 5
7
F Weight kg 2.33 2.59 4.07
Weight kg 2.78 3.09 4.67

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

66 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 67
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II
PN16 PN16

Fig. 366P & 366PF New Fig. 1366P & 1366PF New
Hook-Up II & PICV (with Strainer & Drain) Hook-Up II & PICV (with Strainer, Drain & Ball Valve)

FEATURES & BENEFITS FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with
Independent Control Valve Pressure Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates & differential pressure control as well Provides accurate flow rates & differential pressure control as well
as flow measurement (Fig. 366PF), system flushing and isolation as flow measurement (Fig. 1366PF), system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time, Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C366P & C366PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems (C1366P & C1366PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H366P & H366PF) - add an extra Metering Station for (H1366P & H1366PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
Fig. C366P Fig. H366PF Fig. C1366P Fig. H1366PF
verification of flow rates (C366PF & H366PF) verification of flow rates (C1366PF & H1366PF)
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
to match specification (Left-hand configuration shown) to match specification (Left-hand configuration shown)

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION A1 (Fig. 366P) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION A1 (Fig. 1366P)


A2 (Fig. 366PF)
A2 (Fig. 1366PF)
No. Description Material 5 3 6 7
No. Description Material
1 By-pass H-Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 1 By-pass H-Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 6 2 5 8

2 Fig.1807 DZR Strainer* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 2 Fig.305 PICV* Brass CW617N
3 Fig.305 PICV* Brass CW617N 3 Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
4 Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve* DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
80

4 Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

80
5 Male to Female Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 3 4 7
5 Male to Male Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
6 Fig.1952mm M x M Connector Brass CW617N
6 Male to Female Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
7 Fig.1807 Strainer/Drain DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
7 Fig.1000 Metering Station* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 1 4 2
B 8 Fig.1000 Metering Station* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
1
* Individual datasheets available
* Individual datasheets available B

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

D
A1 A2 B C D E Weight
TYP
43

Size A1 A2 B C D Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg Size

C
mm mm mm mm mm kg

TYP
43
Fig. 366P Fig. 1366P
245 - 210 110 75 103 2.29 300 - 210 75 103 2.62
DN15/15 LTHW DN15/15
Fig. 366P VERSION
C

245 - 210 110 75 103 2.39 Fig. 1366P


DN20/15 300 - 210 75 103 2.62 LTHW
DN20/15 VERSION
Fig. 366P Fig. 1366P
275 - 225 120 77 107 3.09 315 - 225 77 107 3.48
DN20/20 DN20/20
Fig. 366P Fig. 1366P
300 - 250 120 77 107 3.39 340 - 250 77 107 3.78
DN25/20 DN25/20
Fig. 366P
E

320 - 280 120 88 116 4.88 Fig. 1366P

D
TYP

400 - 280 88 116 5.53


85

TYP
DN25/25

85
DN25/25
Fig. 366PF Fig. 1366PF
- 290 210 110 75 103 2.68 - 340 210 75 103 2.91
DN15/15 DN15/15
Fig. 366PF Fig. 1366PF
- 290 210 110 75 103 2.68 CHW - 340 210 75 103 2.91
DN20/15 VERSION DN20/15 CHW
VERSION
Fig. 366PF Fig. 1366PF
- 320 225 120 77 107 3.39 - 360 225 77 107 3.78
DN20/20 DN20/20
Fig. 366PF Fig. 1366PF
- 345 250 120 77 107 3.69 - 385 250 77 107 4.08
DN25/20 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING DN25/20 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
Fig. 366PF PN16 -10 to 120C Fig. 1366PF PN16 -10 to 120C
- 370 280 120 88 116 5.28 - 445 280 88 116 5.93
DN25/25 DN25/25
END CONNECTIONS END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and
pressure test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control pressure test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control
the PICV. Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 366P Hook-Up II system. the PICV. Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 366P Hook-Up II system.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

68 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 69
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II
PN16 PN16

Fig. 368P & 368PF New Fig. 1368P & 1368PF New
Hook-Up II & PICV (with Strainer & Drain) Hook-Up II & PICV (with Ball Valve only)

FEATURES & BENEFITS FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential
pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 368PF), pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 1368PF),
system flushing and isolation system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time, Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces time, costs and
costs and specification risks specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C1368P & C1368PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(C368P & C368PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
Fig. H368P Fig. H368PF (H1368P & H1368PF) - add an extra Metering Station for Fig. C1368P Fig. H1368PF
(H368P & H368PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
verification of flow rates (C1368PF & H1368PF)
verification of flow rates (C368PF & H368PF)
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
(Left-hand configuration shown) to match specification (Left-hand configuration shown)
to match specification
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION A1 (Fig. 368P)
A2 (Fig. 368PF)
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION A1 (Fig. 1368P)
A2 (Fig 1368PF)

No. Description Material No. Description Material


5 3 6 7 6 2 5 7

1 By-pass H-Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 1 By-pass H-Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
2 Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve* DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 2 Fig.305 PICV* Brass CW617N
3 Fig.305 PICV* Brass CW617N 3 Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
4 Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 4 Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve* DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

80
80

3 4

5 Male to Male Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 5 Male to Female Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
6 Male to Female Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 6 Fig.1952mm M x M Connector Brass CW617N
7 Fig.1000 Metering Station* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 7 Fig.1000 Metering Station* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
1 4 2 1
* Individual datasheets available * Individual datasheets available
B B

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


A1 A2 B C D Weight A1 A2 B C D Weight
Size Size
mm mm mm mm mm kg mm mm mm mm mm kg

C
Fig. 368P Fig. 1368P
TYP
43

C
245 - 160 75 103 2.03 300 - 155 75 103 2.26

TYP
DN15/15 DN15/15

43
Fig. 368P Fig. 1368P
245 - 160 75 103 2.03 300 - 155 75 103 2.26
DN20/15 LTHW DN20/15
Fig. 368P VERSION Fig. 1368P LTHW
275 - 160 77 107 2.56 315 - 160 77 107 2.95 VERSION
DN20/20 DN20/20
Fig. 368P Fig. 1368P
300 - 185 77 107 2.86 340 - 185 77 107 3.25
DN25/20 DN25/20
Fig. 368P Fig. 1368P
320 - 210 88 116 4.12 400 - 210 88 116 4.77
DN25/25 DN25/25
Fig. 368PF Fig. 1368PF
D

D
TYP
- 290 160 75 103 2.32 - 340 155 75 103 2.55
TYP

85
85

DN15/15 DN15/15
Fig. 368PF Fig. 1368PF
- 290 160 75 103 2.32 - 340 155 75 103 2.55
DN20/15 DN20/15
Fig. 368PF Fig. 1368PF
- 320 160 77 107 2.86 - 360 160 77 107 3.25 CHW
DN20/20 CHW DN20/20 VERSION
VERSION
Fig. 368PF Fig. 1368PF
- 345 185 77 107 3.16 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING - 385 185 77 107 3.55 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
DN25/20 DN25/20
Fig. 368PF PN16 -10 to 120C Fig. 1368PF PN16 -10 to 120C
- 370 210 88 116 4.52 - 445 210 88 116 5.17
DN25/25 END CONNECTIONS DN25/25 END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and
pressure test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control pressure test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control
the PICV. Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 368P Hook-Up II system. the PICV. Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 1368P Hook-Up II system.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

70 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 71
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HOOK-UP II HOOK-UP II
PN16 PN16

Fig. 370P & 370PF New Fig. 1370P & 1370PF New
Hook-Up II & PICV (with Drain only) Hook-Up II & PICV (with Drain & Ball Valve)

FEATURES & BENEFITS FEATURES & BENEFITS


Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure Ultra compact, prefabricated unit - now available with Pressure
Independent Control Valve Independent Control Valve
Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential Provides accurate flow rates, precise temperature & differential
pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 370PF), pressure control as well as flow measurement (Fig. 1370PF),
system flushing and isolation system flushing and isolation
Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time, Fully assembled & factory tested unit reduces installation time,
costs and specification risks costs and specification risks
All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems All units for chilled water are supplied with extension stems
(C370P & C370PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems (C1370P & C1370PF). Units for LTHW have no extension stems
(H370P & H370PF) - add an extra Metering Station for (H1370P & H1370PF) - add an extra Metering Station for
verification of flow rates (C370PF & H370PF) Fig. H370P Fig. H370PF verification of flow rates (C1370PF & H1370PF) Fig. C1370P Fig. H1370PF
On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately On/Off or modulating actuators are available separately
to match specification DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS to match specification DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown) (Left-hand configuration shown)
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION A1 (Fig. 370P) MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
A2 (Fig. 370PF) A1 (Fig. 1370P)
No. Description Material No. Description Material A2 (Fig. 1370PF)

1 By-pass H-Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 5 3 6 9 1 By-pass H-Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 8 3 6 9
2 D342 Draincock* Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 2 D342 Draincock* Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
3 Fig.305 PICV* Brass CW617N 3 Fig.305 PICV* Brass CW617N
4 Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 4 Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
80

5 Male to Male Union Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 5 Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve* DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N

80
4 5
6 Male to Female Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 6 Male to Female Connector DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
7 Fig.100TH Ball Valve* DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N 7 J44 HEX Nipple Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
8 J44 HEX Bronze Nipple Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K 8 Fig.1952mm MxM Connector Brass CW617N
1 4 7 8 2
9 Fig.1000 Metering Station* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 9 Fig.1000 Metering Station* DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 1 7 2
B
* Individual datasheets available B
* Individual datasheets available

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


A1 A2 B C D Weight A1 A2 B C D E Weight

C
Size Size
TYP

mm mm mm mm mm mm kg

C
43

mm mm mm mm mm kg

TYP
43
Fig. 370P Fig. 1370P
245 - 225 75 61 2.23 300 - 225 75 61 103 2.46
DN15/15 DN15/15
Fig. 370P D Fig. 1370P 300 - 225 75 61 103 2.46

D
245 - 225 75 61 2.23 DN20/15 LTHW
DN20/15 VERSION
Fig. 370P LTHW Fig. 1370P
275 - 245 77 67 2.86 VERSION 315 - 245 77 67 107 3.25
DN20/20 DN20/20
Fig. 370P Fig. 1370P
300 - 270 77 67 3.16 340 - 270 77 67 107 3.55
DN25/20 DN25/20
TYP
85

Fig. 370P Fig. 1370P


320 - 320 88 67 4.62 400 - 310 88 67 116 5.27

E
TYP
DN25/25 DN25/25

85
Fig. 370PF Fig. 1370PF
- 290 225 75 61 2.52 - 340 225 75 61 103 2.75
DN15/15 DN15/15
Fig. 370PF Fig. 1370PF
- 290 225 75 61 2.52 - 340 225 75 61 103 2.75
DN20/15 DN20/15 CHW
VERSION
Fig. 370PF CHW Fig. 1370PF
- 320 245 77 67 3.16 - 360 245 77 67 107 3.55
DN20/20 VERSION
DN20/20
Fig. 370PF PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING Fig. 1370PF PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
- 345 270 77 67 3.46 - 385 270 77 67 107 3.85
DN25/20 DN25/20
PN16 -10 to 120C PN16 -10 to 120C
Fig. 370PF - 370 320 88 67 5.02 END CONNECTIONS Fig. 1370PF END CONNECTIONS
DN25/25 - 445 310 88 67 116 5.67
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper DN25/25 Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and
pressure test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control pressure test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control
the PICV. Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 370P Hook-Up II system. the PICV. Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 1370P Hook-Up II system.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

72 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 73
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES

Pressure Independent Control Valves

Unique flow measurement for accurate


commissioning and troubleshooting
Pre-set flow rates
Reacts to system changes
to maintain stable flow rates
Equal percentage control characteristic
ensures improved system control
Also available as part of
Hook-Up II flow management system

Project: One Reading Central, Reading, Berkshire


Sector: Commercial
Contractor: GS Mechanical
Distributor: BSS
For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.
Specification: Hattersley Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valves. Hook-Up II & PICV

74 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 75
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES PRESSURE INDEPENDENT CONTROL VALVES
PN16 - DN32 / DN50 PN16 - DN50 / DN250

Fig. 305 Fig. 305F


PICV offering full authority & an automatic balancing function CV
PICV offering full authority & an automatic balancing function CV

FEATURES & BENEFITS FEATURES & BENEFITS New


New Energy savings - Optimal control creates energy
Energy savings - Optimal control creates
energy savings when used as part of a savings when used as part of a variable flow system
variable flow system Easy to install - For use with fan coils, chilled beams
Accurate flow rates - Built-in differential pressure and other terminal units, the PICV is compact and easy
controller ensures accurate system design flow to install in limited and difficult site conditions
rates are achieved and eliminates overflows Precise temperature control - Linear or equal
caused by fluctuating system pressures, which percentage characteristics, settable with an actuator,
in turn reduces the system running costs contribute to precise environmental temperature control
Easy to install - For use with fan coils, chilled Extensive range - Available in threaded
beams and other terminal units, the PICV is (Figure 305) and flanged (Figure 305F) versions Fig. 305F Fig. 305F with Actuator*
DN32 Fig. 305 DN40-50 Fig. 305 with Actuator*
compact and easy to install in limited and Please note that actuators and male BSP end connectors are sold separately. Please order 1 Hook-Up II - See our PICV Hook-Up II Flow Please note that actuators are sold separately. Please order 1 actuator per body from
Hattersley using the Part numbers below. Hattersley recommend the use of their
difficult site conditions actuator and 2 end connectors per body from Hattersley using the Part numbers below. Management Module in threaded sizes " to 1" modulating actuators and cannot accept responsibility for product performance if a
Hattersley recommend the use of their 3 point and modulating actuators and cannot accept
Precise temperature control - Linear or equal responsibility for product performance if a different actuator is used. different actuator is used.

percentage characteristics, settable with an


actuator, contribute to precise environmental MATERIAL SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
temperature control Component Material
Component Material

H3
Valve Bodies Cast Iron EN-GJL-250 (GG25)
Valve Bodies (DN32) Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW 617N
Membranes / Bellow (DN50-100) EPDM
Valve Bodies (DN40-50) Cast Iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25)
Membranes / Bellow (DN125) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4571

H1
H3
Membranes and O-Rings EPDM

H1
Membranes / Bellow (DN150-250) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4568,

A
Disc (Pc) (DN32) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305 W.Nr. 1.4310
Disc (Pc) (DN40-50) Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW 614N, W.Nr. 1.4305 O-Rings EPDM
Seat (Pc) (DN32) EPDM Disc (Pc) (DN50-100) Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW614N

A
Seat (Pc) (DN40-50) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305

H2
Disc (Pc) (DN125) Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW617N

H2
Disc (Cv) Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW614N Disc (Pc) (DN150-250) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Seat (Cv) (DN32) Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW617N Seat (Pc) (DN50-100) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Seat (Cv) (DN40-50) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr 1.4305 Seat (Pc) (DN125-250) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4027
L1 L1

Pc - Pressure Controller Part Cv - Control Valve Part Disc (Cv) (DN50-100) Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW 614N DN50-100 - with Actuator* DN125-150 - with Actuator*
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS Disc (Cv) (DN125) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4404NC
Disc (Cv) (DN150-250) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4021
PRESSURE/ Seat (Cv) (DN50-100) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Seat (Cv) (DN125-250) Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4027

H3
TEMPERATURE RATING

H1
PN16 / -10C to 120C Pc - Pressure Controller Part Cv - Control Valve Part
H1

H3

OPERATOR
H4

H1

A
H1

L1 Actuator - Modulating (ACT305MA/MB) PRESSURE/


B

or Three-Point Actuators (ACT305TP)


H2

TEMPERATURE RATING

H2
L2 available - these are ordered separate
L1 to the valve. PN16 / -10C to 120C
B

L3 *Please note that the

DN32 END CONNECTIONS OPERATOR PICV, actuator and


DN32 H5 L1 end connectors are
External Male Threads to ISO 228/1. Actuator - Modulating (ACT305MB/MC/MD)
H2
H2

DN200-250 - with Actuator* sold separately


DN32 - with Actuator* available - this is ordered separate to the valve.
*Please note that the PICV, actuator and Can be converted to Male BSP using DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
end connectors are sold separately 1952MM end connectors which are
A Weight Max Flow Modulating Actuator
available on request. PICV L1 H1 H2 H3 EN1092-2 Rate
DN40-50 - with Actuator* Size Part No. mm mm mm mm kg I/s Fig. No Part No.
DN50 050M00305JND 230 192 174 315 165 0.3814.2 3.47 ACT305MB 000305MB245
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DN65 065M00305JND 290 233 172 373 185 38 5.56 ACT305MB 000305MB245
B Weight Max Flow DN80 080M00305JND 310 236 177 376 200 45 7.78 ACT305MB 000305MB245
PICV L1 L2 L3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 ISO Rate 3 Point Actuator Modulating Actuator Male BSP Adaptor* DN100 100M00305JND 350 249 187 389 220 570.48 10.56 ACT305MB 000305MB245
Size Part No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 228/1 kg l/s Fig. No Part No. Fig. No Part No. Fig. No Part No.
DN125 125M00305JND 40 232 518 507 250 85.3 25 ACT305MC 000305MC245
DN32 012B00305JW 130 90 79 102 50 128 166 160 G 11/2 2.21 0.89 ACT305TP 000305TP245 ACT305MA 000305MA245 1952MM 012B01952JWP DN150 150M00305JND 480 268 465 518 285 138 40.28 ACT305MC 000305MC245
DN40 014B00305JW 110 - - 170 174 280 - - G2 6.9 2.08 - - ACT305MB 000305MB245 1952MM 014B01952JWP DN200 200M00305JND 600 401 483 618 340 219 52.78 ACT305MD 000305MD245
DN50 020B00305JW 130 - - 170 174 280 - - G 21/2 7.8 3.47 - - ACT305MB 000305MB245 1952MM 020B01952JWP DN250 250M00305JND 730 397 533 708 405 342 77.78 ACT305MD 000305MD245

For Commissioning Valve Coefficients please refer to pages 45-47.


Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

76 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 77
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
MULTICOMM

MultiComm

On large projects, significant time and cost can be


eliminated by enabling commissioning at convenient
locations. Ends of corridors, or accessible cupboards
can be used, which would also eliminate disruption to
occupiers during maintenance works.

The MultiComm is an exceptionally efficient,


practical and versatile system:
Depending on flow rates, up to six terminals can be
served from a single MultiComm unit.
All units are custom built to suit site specification.
All site connections can be made without the need
to access the internal components.
MultiComm is suitable for variable flow or constant
flow systems.
All connections are BSPT Female, enabling standard
pipe or specialist adaptors to be used.
Fan coil units can be flushed, vented and balanced
without the time-consuming looping out procedure.
This can be carried out by one commissioning
engineer instead of a team.
A single strainer serves all circuits, eliminating
the need for individual strainers.
All systems can be flushed through the unique
Hook-Up H-Body.
The single DPCV
maintains constant
differential pressure
between manifolds.

Project: County Hall, Trowbridge


Sector: Public Sector
Distributor: BSS Hattersley MultiComm provides one
Contractor: Mitie Eng easy access point for commissioning
Specification: MultiComm and Hook-Ups. and maintenance of multiple
heating/chilled water terminal units.

78 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 79
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
MULTICOMM PROCOMM

MultiComm
ProComm
Mounting plate
Insulated box for
for manifolds State of the-art electronics, microprocessor and hydraulics in one compact unit.
Heating or Chilling

The ProComm makes the on-site Sophistication


Return Balancing Valves measurement of differential pressure and flow Accuracy of measurement is one of the most
rates of water in HVAC systems an extremely important elements of the function of commissioning
simple operation. units. The ProComm gives differential pressure
DPCV for Variable
flow systems With a range of sophisticated features readings with accuracy better than 1% or 100
providing extremely accurate measurement, Pascals, plus, an integral damping system further
coupled with a database of over 1300 valves improves reading confidence on unstable systems.
from 34 manufacturers worldwide, the This level of accuracy is achieved with the use of the
ProComm is the ultimate instrument for latest wet/wet sensor technology. ProComm
commissioning engineers. incorporates a unique crossover valve arrangement
Flow Isolation Unique H-Body
for flushing designed to protect the sensor, if exposed to high
Valves
Ease of use differential pressures.
The nine button keypad allows simple More sophistication is available as Bluetooth can be
All connections navigation through the menu system that fitted as an option to enable direct communication
accessible without provides the option to select the most with a laptop, PDA or another ProComm (peer to
entering box
Strainer appropriate screen for the work being carried peer).
out. This can show the full parameter of data
available or simply a screen showing just the Convenience
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION differential pressure - useful for those wishing Designed to be as portable as possible, the compact
PRESSURE/
Component Material to use the ProComm as a simple manometer. and lightweight unit is easily operated in the hand
TEMPERATURE RATING
Maximum pressure: 16 bar Unlike any other commissioning unit, the most or may be clipped to a lanyard.
Temperature rating: -10 to 100C H-Body Bronze The complete ProComm unit includes:
commonly used functions Flow and
Strainer Bronze (Fig. 817)
Pressure are shown as the default screen 1 x Carry case
Manifolds Bronze
Isolation Valves DZR Brass (Fig. 100) from the Display menu. This means that for 1 x Handheld transducer and display unit
Regulation Valves Bronze (1732 or 1832) most general commissioning purposes the 2 x Connector tubes with isolating valves (2 metres)
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS most valuable data is shown at the touch of 2 x Straight Mechseal style adaptors
Units with outlets and inlets on same side TYPICAL SCHEMATIC a button in large text. 2 x Angled binder style adaptors
Outlets & 1 x PP3 battery
Inlets 6x6 5x5 4x4 3x3 2x2
1 x Lanyard
Length mm 1120 1120 880 880 640 DISPLAY
Height mm 250 250 250 250 250
1 x Set of operating instructions
FLOW/PRESSURE
Width mm 290 290 290 290 290 MULTI DISPLAY 1 x Calibration certificate
Weight kg 40 38 36 34 30 PRESSURE 1 x Quick start guide
FLOW
PRESSURE SCOPE
Units with outlets and inlets on opposite side
ABOUT
Outlets &
Inlets 6x6 5x5 4x4 3x3 2x2
Length mm 1120 1120 880 880 640
ZERO DP
Height mm 200 200 200 200 200
Width mm 400 400 400 400 400
Weight kg 40 38 36 34 30
19 C
5.3 kPa
2.2 Kv s 0.26 L/S
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the HATTERSLEY FIXED 1732 15mm
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

80 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 81
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PROCOMM AIR VENTS/DE-AERATORS

ProComm
Air Vents/De-Aerators

Offering an efficient performance, the Hattersley Air Vents remove


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system.
Calibrated Range: 0.3 kPa to 250 kPa
Accuracy: +/- 0.03 kPa 0.3 to 1kPa Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi-boiler
+/- 0.05 kPa 1.0 to 10 kPa and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs.
+/- 5% 10kPa to 250kPa

Maximum Static Pressure: 10 bar

Resolution: 0.01 kPa < 100kPa


0.1 kPa >100kPa

ENVIRONMENT
Media Temperature: Max 95C
Storage Temperature: Ambient (Avoid low temperature to protect unit/sensor)

Power Supply: PP3 9v battery.

Effective Operating Time: 20 hours with standard alkaline PP3 battery


(Dependent on use of backlight).

Calibration: Annual calibration is recommended.

Valve Database: 1300 valves stored including all major European manufacturers.

Pre-set Defaults Set Menu The following settings


Default Option can be changed
by the user

Language English French Design Flow 0 l/sec


Italian
Spanish Target Flow 0%
Pressure kPa Pa
psi Flow Alerts ON
bar
feet H2O Light Timer 10 minutes
Inches H2O
metres H2O Auto off Timer 10 minutes
mm H2O
cm H2O DP Cut Off 30 kPa
Flow l/sec l/min
l/hr Update time 1 second
galls/m (imp)
galls/m (US) Sample time 3 seconds
m3/hr
Temperature Celsius Fahrenheit Specific Gravity 01:00

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

82 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 83
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
AIR VENT BALL VALVES
PN10

Fig. 775
Automatic Air Vent
Ball Valves

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION The Hattersley Series of ball valves consists of compact,
Removes inevitable potentially dangerous Component Material Specification lightweight units which are easy to install and operate, yet
air trapped in system BS EN ASTM
their ability to withstand robust construction ensures long,
Simplifies the venting process Body Brass 12165 CW617N B455 C38000
Saves time and costs
trouble-free service life. They offer full flow with minimum
Cover Brass 12165 CW617N B455 C38000
WRAS Approved Float Polypropylene - turbulence in the open position and bubble tight closure in
Seals EPDM - the closed position. Only a quarter-turn is required to fully
Anti Vacuum Cap Brass 12165 CW617N B455 C38000 open or close the valve.
Non Return Valve Brass 12165 CW617N B455 C38000

Multiple operating handle options


(Clockwise from top right), quarter
turn lever, extended stem lever,
T-Handle & lockshield
8
Secondary O-Ring
seal, for additional
leakage protection,
aids resistance to
site installation
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ NOTE damage 1
A TEMPERATURE RATING The Non-Return valve base allows
the Automatic Air Vent to be removed Quarter turn operation
10 bar at 120C
without draining the system. provides positive isolation
MAXIMUM DISCHARGE in conjunction with PTFE,
Loctite 648 is Hattersley pipe WRAS approved seats
PRESSURE used on the threads meet and stem seals
main joint 7
2.5 bar full gauge
D threads to give length
SPECIFICATION more strength 6
B
Brass body and cover. and resistance to
D
Polypropylene float. installation
C
damage 2
EPDM seals.
WRAS Approved product. 12
C
Anti vacuum cap. Available
BSP parallel thread. 10 in different
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS Non return valve option taper thread
available in sizes 3/8" and 1/2". 8 options -
Nom Ball is DZR brass chrome
Pressure bar

Size in 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 Isolation valve option BS EN 10226-2 plated, designed for a
available in sizes 3/4" and 1". or ANSI long life. Temperature
A mm 48 48 48 48 6 B1.20.1
B mm 54.5 54.5 56 56 3 range is -10 to 120C.
Ball is full bore 5
C mm 11.5 11.5 12.5 12.5 4
D mm 89.5 89.5 92 92
Max Discharge Pressure
Weight kg 0.18 0.18 0.25 0.25
2
With Non-Return Valve
Primary metal
C mm 28 28 - -
0 to metal seal
D mm 106 106 - - 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
4
Weight kg 0.23 0.23 - - Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the The New Figure 100 Series. See website for Next Generation DZR Ball Valves video.
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

84 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 85
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
PN25 PN25

Fig. 100 & 100EXT Fig. 100TH & 100LS


Threaded DZR - Lever Operated IV Threaded DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Dezincification resistant Component Material Dezincification resistant Component Material
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection Hex-Nut Steel Plated Improved leak protection Hex-Nut Steel Plated
More resistant to damage during installation Lever Steel Dacromet Plated More resistant to damage during installation T-Handle Aluminium
Sleeve Green PVC AL-46100 Green
Sizes from 1/4" to 2" Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
Packing Nut Brass CW617N Packing Nut Brass CW617N
WRAS Approved WRAS Approved
Packing Gland PTFE WRAS Approved Packing Gland PTFE WRAS Approved
Body DZR Brass CW602N Body DZR Brass CW602N
Seats PTFE WRAS Approved Seats PTFE WRAS Approved
Ball DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated Ball DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
O-Ring Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved O-Ring Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved
Bonnet DZR Brass CW602N Bonnet DZR Brass CW602N
Stem DZR Brass CW602N Stem DZR Brass CW602N
Extension Stem Outer Aluminium Lockshield Brass CW617N
Extension Stem Inner Brass Nickel Plated Lockshield Cover Polypropylene Green

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING DIMENSIONAL DRAWING L2

L2

Fig. 100 Fig. 100TH

H
H

SIZE
SIZE
L1 L1 L1 L1
L L
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS THREADED
RATINGS THREADED
Temperature C -10 to 100 120
Temperature C -10 to 100 120
Fig. 100EXT Fig. 100LS Pressure bar 25 21.8
Pressure bar 25 21.8
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.
SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 Nom
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 Nom formerly BS21 Taper. Size Fig. in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
formerly BS21 Taper. Size Fig. in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983. L mm 59 67 80.5 94 102 124
US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983. L 100 mm 46 46 58.5 67 80.5 94 102 124 Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket. L1 mm 15.5 17 21 23 23 26.5
Operator: Lever. L1 mm 12 12 15.5 17 21 23 23 26.5 Quarter turn. L2 100TH mm 50 50 55 82 82 110
Quarter turn. L2 100 mm 89 89 98.5 98.5 125 140 140 165 PTFE seats and stem seal. H 100TH mm 40 43 54 61 67 80.5
PTFE seats and stem seal. H 100 mm 41 41 48 51 62 77.5 83 95.5 WRAS listed. H 100LS mm 42 45 58 67 73.5 86.5
WRAS listed. H 100EXT mm - - 103 107 116 129 135 150 Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Wholesome Weight 100TH g 183 277 470 809 1210 2106
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Wholesome Weight 100 g 152 136 205 302 511 890 1292 2238 (Potable) water services.
(Potable) water services. Weight 100LS g 207 302 506 867 1269 2166
Weight 100EXT g - - 270 366 589 1009 1410 2283

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

86 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 87
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 100C & 100CEXT Fig. 100CTH & 100CLS


Compression Ended DZR - Lever Operated IV Compression Ended DZR - T-Handle or Lockshield IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Dezincification resistant Component Material Dezincification resistant Component Material
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection Hex-Nut Steel Plated Improved leak protection Hex-Nut Steel Plated
More resistant to damage during installation Lever Steel Dacromet Plated More resistant to damage during installation T-Handle Aluminium AL-46100 Green
Sizes from 15 to 54mm Handle Sleeve Green PVC Sizes from 15 to 54mm Packing Nut Brass CW617N
WRAS Approved Packing Nut Brass CW617N WRAS Approved Packing Gland PTFE WRAS Approved
Packing Gland PTFE WRAS Approved Body DZR Brass CW602N
Body DZR Brass CW602N Seats PTFE WRAS Approved
Seats PTFE WRAS Approved Ball DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
Ball DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated Bonnet DZR Brass CW602N
Bonnet DZR Brass CW602N Compression Olive Brass CW507L
Compression Olive Brass CW507L Compression Nut DZR Brass CW602N
Compression Nut DZR Brass CW602N Stem DZR Brass CW602N
Stem DZR Brass CW602N Lockshield Brass CW617N
Extension Stem Outer Aluminium Lockshield Cover Polypropylene Green
Extension Stem Inner Brass Nickel Plated
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING L2
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2

Fig. 100C Fig. 100CTH

H
H

SIZE
SIZE

L L

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


Fig. 100CEXT Temperature C -10 to 30 40 50 65 80 90 100 110 120 Fig. 100CLS Temperature C -10 to 30 40 50 65 80 90 100 110 120

Pressure bar 16 14.3 12.6 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5 Pressure bar 16 14.3 12.6 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5

Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation

SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS


UK End Connection: Compression UK End Connection: Compression ends Nom
Nom
Ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Size Fig. mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 to BS EN 1254-2:1998. Size Fig. mm 15 22 28 35 42 54
Operator: Lever. Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket.
L C mm 66.5 80 92.5 104.5 122 141 L mm 66.5 80 92.5 104.5 122 141
Quarter turn. Quarter turn.
L2 C mm 98.5 98.5 125 140 140 165 L2 mm 50 50 55 82 82 110
PTFE seats and stem seal. PTFE seats and stem seal.
H C mm 47 51 62 77.5 83 97.5 H CTH mm 40 43 54 61 67 80.5
WRAS listed. WRAS listed.
H CEXT mm 103 107 116 129 135 150 H CLS mm 42 45 59.5 67 73.5 86.5
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and
Wholesome (Potable) water services. Weight C g 212 368 608 1007 1549 2538 Wholesome (Potable) water services. Weight CTH g 187 343 567 977 1487 2634
Weight CEXT g 275 429 682 1125 1667 2683 Weight CLS g 220 376 614 1039 1549 2437

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

88 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 89
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
PN25 PN16

Fig. 100YL Fig. 100CYL


Gas Threaded DZR - Lever Operated IV Gas Compression DZR - Lever Operated IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Dezincification resistant Component Material Dezincification resistant Component Material
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Light, compact and easy to install and operate
More resistant to damage during installation Hex-Nut Dacromet Plated Steel More resistant to damage during installation Handle Sleeve PVC Yellow
Sizes from 1/4" to 2" Handle Sleeve PVC Yellow Sizes from 15 to 54mm Hex-Nut Dacromet Plated Steel
Tested to BS EN 331:1998 Handle Dacromet Plated Steel Tested to BS EN 331:1998 Handle Dacromet Plated Steel
Packing Nut Brass CW617N Packing Nut Brass CW617N
Packing Gland PTFE Packing Gland PTFE
Body DZR Brass CW602N Body DZR Brass CW602N
Ball DZR Brass CW602N Seats PTFE
Seats PTFE Ball CW602N
O-Ring NBR BS EN549 approval O-Ring NBR BS EN549 approval
Bonnet DZR Brass CW602N Bonnet DZR Bras CW602N
Stem DZR Brass CW602N Sleeve CW507L
Sleeve Nut CW602N
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING Stem DZR Brass CW602N

L2 DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
H

H
_
SIZE

SIZE
L1 L1
L

SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005 SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION
formerly BS21 Taper. NON-GAS APPLICATION GAS APPLICATION UK End Connection: Compression ends to
US End Connection ANSI B1.20.1:1983. BS EN 1254-2:1998. NON-GAS APPLICATION GAS APPLICATION
Temperature C -10 to 100 110 Temperature C -20 to 60
Operator: Lever. Operator: Lever.
Temperature C -10 to 30 110 Temperature C -10 to 60
Specification: Quarter turn. Pressure bar 25 23.5 Pressure bar 5 Specification: Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal. PTFE seats and stem seal. Pressure bar 16 5 Pressure bar 5
Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with
the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998. the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998. Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom
Size in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 Nom
Size mm 15 22 28 35 42 54
L mm 46 46 59 67 80.5 94 102 124
L mm 66.5 80 92.5 104.5 122 141
L1 in 12 12 15.5 17 21 23 23 26.5
L2 mm 98.5 98.5 125 140 140 165
L2 in 89 89 98.5 98.5 125 140 140 165
H mm 47 51 63 78 83.5 97.5
H mm 41 41 48 51 63 78 83.5 97.5
Weight g 212 368 608 1007 1545 2538
Weight g 152 136 205 302 511 890 1292 2238

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

90 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 91
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
PN16 PN40

Fig. 108C Fig. 113


Service Ball Valve IV Full Bore Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Component Material Light, compact and easy to install and operate Component Material Specification
WRAS Approved for use on wholesome Robust construction for long life ASTM
(potable) water Screw Steel Dacromet Plated Lever Steel -
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use Handle Nylon (Ral 9017) Stem Copper Alloy B16-C36000
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube Stem DZR Brass Chromium Plated Stem Seals PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene -
Part of Hattersleys extensive public O-Ring EPDM WRAS Approved Ball (hard chrome Copper Alloy B16-C36000
health range Nut DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated plated)
Chrome plated finish Olive Brass CW507L Seat Rings PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene -
Body DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated Seat Retainer Bronze BS84-C84400
Handle can be removed to allow for
screwdriver operation PTFE Seat PTFE WRAS Approved Body Bronze BS84-C84400
Ball DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
Seat Retainer DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

Temperature C -10 to 30 65 110 120

Pressure bar 16 10 6 5

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING TEMPERATURE RATING Blow-out proof stem.
L2 16 bar from -10 to 30C C 40 bar from -10 to 100C Full bore hard chrome plated ball.
5 bar at 120C 18 bar at 140C Virgin PTFE seats and stem seals.
OPERATOR Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Handle (The handle can be removed to
allow for screwdriver operation).
H B
SPECIFICATION
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube.
BORE
SIZE

WRAS Approved product.

18 44

16 40
A
L1 L1 36
14
32
L 12 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
28

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

Nom
10
1/2 3/4 24
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2
8 20
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS A mm 55 62 73 83 92 107
B mm 46 55 62 70 75 82 16
6
Size Bore L L1 L2 H Weight C mm 82 103 106 106 150 160 12
mm mm mm mm mm mm g 4
Weight kg 0.25 0.45 0.70 1.15 1.70 2.95 8
DN15 8 42 11 23 29 123
2
4
DN22 14 53 13 23 34 260
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 40 80 120 160
Temperature C Temperature C
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

92 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 93
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
PN25 PN25

Fig. 100HU Fig. 107HU


Male Hose Union IV DOC Brass with Male Union IV DOC

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION T FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
High quality range Component Material Dezincification resistant copper alloy ball valve Component Material Specification
Long and trouble-free service life PTFE seats and seals BS EN ASTM
Full bore Shield Cover Green PP (RAL6002) Blow-out proof stem T-Handle Aluminium
WRAS Approved Hex-Nut Q235 Dacromet Plated Fitted with hose union and captive cap Stem Brass 12164 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
Lockshield CW617N Lockshield operation Stem Seals PTFE
Packing Nut CW617N Ends threaded to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) Ball Brass 12164 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
Packing Gland PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval (hard chrome plated)
Sizes 1/2" and 3/4"
Body CW602N Seat Rings Virgin PTFE
Ball CW602N Tail Brass 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
PTFE PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval Tail O-Ring Nitrile
O-Ring EPDM WRAS approval Union Nut Brass 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
Bonnet CW602N Body End Brass 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
Washer PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval Body Brass 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
Tailpiece CW602N
Union Ring CW602N
Stem CW602N

PRESSURE/ DIMENSIONAL DRAWING DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING TEMPERATURE RATING Nickel plated body.
-10C to 100C D 25 bar from -10 to 120C Blow-out proof stem.
Full bore hard chrome plated ball.
TEST PRESSURES TEST PRESSURES Virgin PTFE seats and stem seal T-Handle.
25 bar 25 bar pneumatic Union nut with male tail threaded
H C
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7).
SPECIFICATION Internal threaded end to BS EN 2779
Quarter turn. (ISO 228/1).
PTFE seats and stem seal.
SIZE

DN

WRAS listed.

A B 28
L1
24
L2
20
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS L2 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar
Nom Nom 16
Size in G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 Size in 1/2 3/4

DN mm 15 20 25 A mm 25 29 12
L mm 84 98 109 B mm 59 68
L1 mm 14 15.5 18 C mm 33 43 8

L2 mm 58 66 77 D mm 47 56
4
H mm 41.8 45.3 57.7 Weight kg 0.28 0.48
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

94 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 95
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BALL VALVES BALL VALVES
PN25 PN16

Fig. 1807 Fig. 1807C


DZR Strainer Ball Valve IV STR DZR Strainer Ball Valve IV STR

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Component Material Specification Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation Component Material Specification
Robust construction for long life BS EN ASTM
Dezincification resistant body material BS EN ASTM
WRAS Approved Handle Aluminium - prevents corrosion and fungal growth Handle Aluminium -
Stem DZR Copper Streamlined flow contours minimise Stem DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Alloy 12164 CW602N
pressure drop Stem Seal EPDM -
Stem Seal EPDM -
Perforated stainless steel screen Gland Seals Virgin PTFE -
Gland Seals Virgin PTFE -
WRAS Approved Ball DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Ball DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Hard chrome plated
Hard chrome plated
Seat Rings Virgin PTFE -
Seat Rings Virgin PTFE -
Body DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Body DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Screen Stainless Steel - AISI 304
Screen Stainless Steel - AISI 304
Cap Gasket Asbestos Free -
Cap Gasket Asbestos Free -
Cap DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Cap DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Compression Ring Brass -
Compression Nut Brass 12165 CW617N B124 C37700

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ OPTIONAL FEATURES DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Lever. TEMPERATURE RATING DZR body.
E Extension stem.
PN25 - 1/2 to 1" sizes Blow-out proof stem.
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
E PN16
25 bar 0 to 20C Hard chrome plated ball.
5 bar at 120C
7 bar at 120C Virgin PTFE seats.
6 bar at 110C
D T-Handle operated.
TEST PRESSURES D 10 bar at 65C
16 bar at -10 to 30C 0.8mm diameter perforated 304
25 bar pneumatic
stainless steel screen.
TEST PRESSURES Drain plug.
C
SPECIFICATION Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2.
DZR body. C 25 bar pneumatic
Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
Blow-out proof stem. WRAS Approved Product.
B
Hard chrome plated ball. OPTIONAL FEATURES
28 B
Lever 18
A Virgin PTFE seats.
A Extension stem
T-Handle operated. 24 16
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
14
1 /2

stainless steel screen. 20


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
"t

Drain plug.
o1

12
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
"

Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1) 16


Si

Nom Nom 10
ze

Size in 1/2 3/4 1 formerly BS 21. Size mm 15 22 28


s

A mm 110 129 151 12 A mm 137 159 175 8


B mm 31 35 42 B mm 45 50 53 6
C mm 48 60 59 8 C mm 48 60 59
D mm 38 46 50 D mm 38 46 50 4
E mm 47 56 56 4 E mm 47 56 56 2
Drain plug BSP 1/4 1/4 1/4 Drain Plug BSP 1/4 1/4 1/4

Weight kg 0.54 0.80 1.23 0 Weight kg 0.6 0.9 1.3


0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C
Temperature C
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

96 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 97
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES

Butterfly Valves

Hattersley butterfly valves are compact quarter Hattersley also offer a range of high performance
turn valves. butterfly valves, developed for high integrity
The body is elastomer lined providing a resilient shut-off and regulation duties. This range is ideal
bubble tight shut off. The valves are supplied in where increased pressure and elevated
wafer or lugged variants and may be lever or temperature specifications are outside the
gearbox operated. Linings are EPDM or Nitrile normal operating parameters of concentric disc
rubber depending on the intended service valves. The Hattersley high performance valves
conditions. Primarily recommended for on off have enhanced features to provide impeccable
service, they may also be used for non-critical performance and reliability.
throttling applications. Only a quarter turn is
needed to fully open or close the valve.

Valve Figure Number Guide


BODY DISC SHAFT LINER / BODY SEAL BODY STYLE OPERATOR RATING
Fig. Ductile Steel Alunum Stainless Stainless EPDM Nitrile EPDM PTFE Semi Fully Lever Gearbox PN16 PN25 & ANSI
No. Iron Bronze Steel Steel WRAS Lugged Lugged PN40 Class 150
Approved Options

950       
950G       
950W       
950WG       
970       
970G       
970W       
970WG       
951       
951G       
971       
971G       
4970       
4970G       
980 ANSI       
980G ANSI       
4990       
4990G       

Project: Gulf Hotel, Bahrain


Sector: Hotels
Specification: Hattersley Globe and Butterfly Valves.

98 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 99
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 950 & 950G Fig. 970 & 970G


Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern IV Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ductile Iron Body Component Material Specification Ductile Iron Body Component Material Specification
Aluminium Bronze Disc BS EN ASTM Aluminium Bronze Disc BS EN ASTM
Liner bonded to steel backing ring Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 Liner bonded to steel backing ring Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1040 A536 65-45-12
High strength, low friction bearings for upper Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X12Cr13 A276 410 High strength, low friction bearings for upper Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X5GNi18-10 A276 TYPE 410
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection Disc Al Bronze 1982 CC333G B148 C95300 and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection Disc Aluminium 1982 CC333G B148-C95300
and ensure effective stem sealing Bushes PTFE - and ensure effective stem sealing Bronze
O-Ring Buna N - Bushes PTFE -
Long neck for insulation Long neck for insulation (up to 100mm)
Maintenance free Liner EPDM - Maintenance free 125mm and above Bronze -
(lubricated)
O-Ring Buna N -
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION Liner EPDM -
TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
16 bar from -10 to 130C Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
Centring holes.
TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
TEST PRESSURES Aluminium bronze disc.
PN16 from -10 up to 130C Fully-lugged.
Hydrostatic EPDM liner. Lever or gearbox.
Shell: 24 bar Trigger lever. TEST PRESSURES Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
Seat: 17.6 bar Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard with fully enclosed gear operator.
Hydrostatic
with fully enclosed gear operator. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Shell: 24 bar
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Seat: 17.6 bar Fig. 970 and 970G are suitable for Group 1 and
Valves may be used for flow regulation. 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined
by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 18 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 18

16 16
D F D
Fig. 950 14 F 14
Fig. 970
12 12
Pressure bar

Nom

Pressure bar
10
Nom 10
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305 A 8 A 8
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 6
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 6
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4 C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4
D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2 D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268
0 0
F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
B Temperature C F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 Temperature C
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 B
Weight kg 3.5 4 5.4 6.7 9 9.9 16.4 K
C K Weight kg 4 4.5 7.2 12.6 13.5 14.9 24.1
C
G E E
G
D D
Fig. 950G Fig. 970G
F
F
Nom Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562 A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562
A A
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156 C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - - D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - -
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450 F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450
B
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 B
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335 K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335
C Weight kg 15.5 16 18.7 24.1 25 26.4 36.7 47.1 62.1 84.9 123.8 139.7 215.5 337.3 C
Weight kg 15 15.5 16.9 18.2 20.5 21.4 29 33.5 45.8 56.2 88.4 110.2 160.5 260 E
G G E

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

100 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 101
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 950W & 950WG Fig. 970W & 970WG


Semi-lugged Wafer Pattern IV Fully-lugged Wafer Pattern IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ductile Iron Body Component Material Specification Ductile Iron Body Component Material Specification
Aluminium Bronze Disc BS EN ASTM Aluminium Bronze Disc BS EN ASTM
Liner bonded to steel backing ring Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12 Liner bonded to steel backing ring Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1030 A536 65-45-12
High strength, low friction bearings for upper Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 High strength, low friction bearings for upper Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X5CrNiMo17-12-2
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection A532 Gr316 and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection A532 Gr316
and ensure effective stem sealing Disc Bronze 1982 CC333G B148-C95300 and ensure effective stem sealing Disc Bronze 1982 CC333G B148-C95300
Bushes (up to 100mm) PTFE - Bushes (up to 100mm) PTFE -
Long neck for insulation Long neck for insulation
125mm and above Bronze - 125mm and above Bronze -
Maintenance free (lubricated) Maintenance free (lubricated)
O-Ring Buna N - O-Ring Buna N -
Liner EPDM - Liner EPDM -

PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS EN 593:2009. TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
PN16 from -10 to 85C (WRAS) Semi-lugged. PN16 from -10 to 85C (WRAS) Fully-lugged.
PN16 from -10 to 120C (NON-WRAS) Aluminium bronze or stainless steel disc. PN16 from -10 to 120C (NON-WRAS) Aluminium bronze disc.
WRAS Approved. WRAS Approved.
TEST PRESSURES Lever or gearbox. TEST PRESSURES Lever or gearbox.
Each valve is individually hydrostatically Valves DN250 and larger supplied as Each valve is individually hydrostatically Valves DN250 and larger supplied as
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following standard with fully enclosed gear operator. tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following standard with fully enclosed gear operator.
test pressures. test pressures.
Valves may be used for flow regulation. Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Shell: 24 bar Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar Seat: 17.6 bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 18 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 18

16 16
D F
D F 14 14
Fig. 950W Fig. 970W

NON-WRAS APPLICATIONS

NON-WRAS APPLICATIONS
WRAS APPLICATIONS

WRAS APPLICATIONS
12 12
Nom Nom
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 10 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 10
A
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305 A 8 A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305 8

B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 6 B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 6
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4 C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4
D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2
D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268
0 0
F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 B 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C B Temperature C
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193
Weight kg 3.5 4 5.4 6.7 9 9.9 16.4 Weight kg 4 4.5 7.2 12.6 13.5 14.9 24.1 C K
C K
E G E
G
Fig. 970WG D
Fig. 950WG D
F
F Nom
Nom Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337
A B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 A
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300
B G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 B
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230
C Weight kg 15 15.5 16.9 18.2 20.5 21.4 29 33.5 45.8 C
Weight kg 15 15.5 16.9 18.2 20.5 21.4 29 33.5 45.8
G E G E

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

102 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 103
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 951 & 951G Fig. 971 & 971G


Semi-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern IV Fully-lugged, Lever/Gearbox Operated Wafer Pattern IV

to BS EN 593:2009 to BS EN 593:2009
FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Ductile Iron Body Component Material Ductile Iron Body Component Material
Aluminium Bronze Disc Aluminium Bronze Disc
Liner bonded to steel backing ring Body Ductile Iron ASTM A536 (Epoxy Paint) Liner bonded to steel backing ring Body Ductile Iron BS EN 1563 ENJ51040
High strength, low friction bearings for upper Disc Aluminium Bronze High strength, low friction bearings for upper Disc Aluminium Bronze BS EN/1982 C333G
and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection Liner Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90C and lower shafts, to restrain shaft deflection Liner Nitrile Temp. -10 to 90C
and ensure effective stem sealing Shaft Stainless Steel Type 410 and ensure effective stem sealing Shaft Stainless Steel Type 410
Long neck for insulation Taper Pin Stainless Steel Type 316 Long neck for insulation Taper Pin Stainless Steel Type 316
Maintenance free Key Carbon Steel Maintenance free Key Carbon Steel
O-Ring Buna-N O-Ring Buna-N
Bushing PTFE Bushing PTFE
Lever & Screw Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint) Lever & Screw Carbon Steel (Epoxy Paint)
Stop Plate Carbon Steel (Zn Plated) Stop Plate Carbon Steel (Zn Plated)

PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Semi-lugged. TEMPERATURE RATING Fully-lugged.
PN16 from -10 up to 90C Lever or gearbox.
PN16 from -10 up to 90C Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
TEST PRESSURES with a fully enclosed gear operator.
with a fully enclosed gear operator. TEST PRESSURES
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Each valve is individually hydrostatically Valves may be used for flow regulation. Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following Suitable for gas applications.
Figures 951 and 951G are suitable for Group 1 tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures. test pressures. Fig. 971 and 971G are suitable for Group 1 and
and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as
Shell: 24 bar 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined
defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive Shell: 24 bar
by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
Seat: 17.6 bar 97/23/EC. Seat: 17.6 bar

18 18
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16 16

D F 14 D F 14
Fig. 951 Fig. 971
12 12
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Nom 10
Nom 10
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
A 8 A 8
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305 A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305
6 6
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4 C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4

D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2 D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 0 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 B Temperature C F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 Temperature C
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 B
K
Weight kg 3.5 4 5.4 6.7 9 9.9 16.4 K Weight kg 4 4.5 7.2 12.6 13.5 14.9 24.1
C C
G E G E
Fig. 951G D D
Fig. 971G
F F
Nom
Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 A
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 A
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - -
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - -
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 B
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 B
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335
Weight kg 15 15.5 16.9 18.2 20.5 21.4 29 33.5 45.8 56.2 88.4 110.2 160.5 260 C
Weight kg 15.5 16 18.7 24.1 25 26.4 36.7 47.1 62.1 84.9 123.8 139.7 215.5 337.3 C
G E E
G
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

104 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 105
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
ANSI PN16

Fig. 980 ANSI Fig. 4970 & 4970G


Ductile Iron Fully Lugged Butterfly Valve Class 150 IV Ductile Iron Fully-lugged IV

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION


Component Material Specification Available up to DN600 Component Material Specification
BS EN ASTM Valve body fully-lugged BS EN ASTM
Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A536 65-45-12 Long neck for insulation Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12
Operating Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 A276 410 Maintenance free Operating Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X12Cr13 A276 410
X12Cr13 Disc Stainless Steel 110213-4 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2
Good control characteristics
Disc Al Bronze 12165 CW307G B150 C63000 A351 CF8M
Taper Pins Stainless Steel 10088-1X5CrNiMo17-12-2
Taper pins Stainless Steel 10088-1 A276 316 A276 316
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Bushes PTFE -
Bushes EDPM - O-Ring Buna N -
O-Ring Buna N - Liner EPDM -
Liner EPDM -
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
16 bar from -10 to 120C Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION 15.7 bar at 130C Fully-lugged.
TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593. Stainless steel disc.
E 19.65 bar from -10 to 37.8C Ductile Iron body epoxy coated. TEST PRESSURES EPDM liner.
16.93 bar at 120C Fully lugged. Shell: 24 bar To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Aluminium bronze disc. Seat: 17.6 bar Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES EPDM liner phenolic backed. Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
D C Shell: 29.5 bar Trigger Lever. with fully enclosed gear operator.
Seat: 21.6 bar Valves DN200 and larger supplied as standard Valves DN450 and larger supplied with spur gear
with fully enclosed gear operator. unit as part of gear operator.
Suitable for fitting between flanges to
18
ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and 150. DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
B Valves may be used for flow regulation. 16
D F
OPEN

14
CLOSED Fig. 4970
J 12
A G
50:1

Pressure bar
Nom
10
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
A mm 195 207 213 232 245 257 305 A 8

D F B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 6


H C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 4

D mm 32 32 32 32 32 32 44 2
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
F mm 260 260 260 260 260 260 356 Temperature C
B
22 G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193
K
Weight kg 4 4.5 7.2 12.6 13.5 14.9 24.1
20 C
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 18 G E
D
16 Fig. 4970G
F
Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 14 Nom
Pressure bar

12
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562
A mm 162 175 181 200 213 225 260 292 337 368 400 422 479 562
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 10
B mm 83 95 102 124 136 150 197 210 248 279 305 381 381 457 A
C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156
8
D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - - C mm 44 48 48 54 57 57 63 70 79 79 89 108 133 156
6 D mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 40 40 40 40 - - - -
E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708
F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450 4 E mm 102 121 130 171 197 219 268 332 410 435 508 543 592 708
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 2 F mm 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450
G mm 32 46 64 90 111 145 193 241 290 325 380 427 474 574 B
K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 K mm 240 240 240 240 240 240 230 230 230 230 277 277 321 335
Weight kg 15.5 16 18.7 24.1 25 26.4 36.7 47.1 62.1 84.9 123.8 139.7 215.5 337.3
Temperature C C
Weight kg 15.5 16 18.7 24.1 25 26.4 36.7 47.1 62.1 84.9 123.8 139.7 215.5 337.3
G E

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

106 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 107
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN50-150 PN16 DN50-150

Fig. 4990 Fig. 4990G


Steel Fully-lugged IV Steel Fully-lugged IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification
Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM
Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
High Kv values Disc Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 High Kv values Disc Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ - Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE -
Neoprene Neoprene
Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Bottom Cap Steel - Bottom Cap Steel -
Gland Packing PTFE Graphite - Gland Packing PTFE Graphite -
Bearings Bronze-PTFE - Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Lever - - Handwheel Steel -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS F PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE Designed to BS EN 593:2009. TEMPERATURE Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
L Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20. Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20.
RATING D
RATING
Reinforced PTFE disc seal. C Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
C 16 bar from -10 to 163C 16bar from -10 to 163C
Stainless steel body seat. Stainless steel body seat.
3.4 bar at 204C 3.4bar at 204C
Double eccentric disc. Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation. Bi-directional isolation.
H
TEST PRESSURES TEST PRESSURES
Valves are supplied lever operated. Valves are supplied gear operated.
Shell: 24 bar H Shell: 24 bar
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
Seat: 17.6 bar Seat: 17.6 bar
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16, To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16,
alternative flanges available. alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985 PN16. Wafer pattern available Figure 4985G PN16.
B 18 B 18
A
E
16 A 16

14 14
12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Nom
10 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 10
Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 8 A mm 43 46 46 52 56 56 8
A mm 43 46 46 52 56 56 B mm 123 131 150 175 187 218
6 6
B mm 123 131 150 175 187 218 H mm 215 215 225 244 260 270
H mm 215 215 225 244 260 270 4 C mm 27 27 27 27 27 27 4
C mm 27 27 27 35 35 42 D dia mm 125 200 200 200 200 200
2 2
L mm 265 265 265 265 265 265 E mm 39 39 39 39 39 39
Weight kg 8 10 11 13 18 21 0 F mm 152 159 159 159 159 159 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C
Weight kg 9 11 12 15 20 23 Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

108 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 109
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN200-500 PN25 DN50-150

Fig. 4990G Fig. 4990G


Steel Fully-lugged IV Steel Fully-lugged IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification
Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM
Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
Disc Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 High Kv values Disc Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
High Kv values
Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ - Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ -
Neoprene Neoprene
Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Bottom Cap Steel - Bottom Cap Steel -
Gland Packing PTFE Graphite - Gland Packing PTFE Graphite -
Bearings Bronze-PTFE - Bearings Bronze-PTFE -
Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Handwheel Steel - Handwheel Steel -

F DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS F PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009. TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 25 bar from -10 to 135C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
16 bar from -10 to 163C
D basic series 20. C D 20.7 bar at 149C basic series 16.
C 3.4 bar at 204C
Reinforced PTFE disc seal. 3.4 bar at 204C Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
TEST PRESSURES Stainless steel body seat. Stainless steel body seat.
Shell: 24 bar Double eccentric disc. TEST PRESSURES Double eccentric disc.
Seat: 17.6 bar Bi-directional isolation. Shell: 37.5 bar Bi-directional isolation.
H H
Valves are supplied gear operated. Seat: 27.5 bar Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN16, alternative flanges available. PN25, alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985G PN16.
B B E
E 18 A 28
A
16
24
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 14 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
20
12
Nom Nom
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 500 10 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 16
A mm 60 68 78 78 102 127 A mm 43 46 65 65 70 76
8
B mm 294 333 382 398 448 555 B mm 123 131 150 175 187 218 12
H mm 320 366 390 425 440 510 6 H mm 215 215 220 281 294 317
C mm 35 42 42 50 50 50 C mm 27 27 27 35 35 42 8
4
D dia mm 300 300 300 457 457 457 D dia mm 125 200 200 250 300 300
2 4
E mm 52 67 67 90 90 123 E mm 39 39 39 52 52 67
F mm 197 223 223 279 279 331 0 F mm 152 159 159 184 197 223 0
Weight kg 32 64 82 110 162 251 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Weight kg 9 11 16 19 31 44 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C Temperature C
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

110 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 111
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN25 DN200-500 PN40 DN65-150

Fig. 4990G Fig. 4990G


Steel Fully-lugged IV Steel Fully-lugged IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification
Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM
Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2 End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
High Kv values Disc Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 High Kv values Disc Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ - Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ -
Neoprene Neoprene
Retaining ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 A276-316L
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Bottom Cap Steel - Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Gland Packing PTFE Graphite - Bottom Cap Steel -
Bearings Bronze-PTFE - Gland Packing PTFE Graphite -
Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Handwheel Steel - Handwheel Steel -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS F PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION F


DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE Designed to BS EN 593:2009. TEMPERATURE Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
RATING basic series 16. D
RATING
C D C basic series 16.
25 bar from -10 to 135C 40 bar from -10 to 90C
Reinforced PTFE disc seal. Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
20.7 bar at 149C 20.7 bar at 149C
Stainless steel body seat. Stainless steel body seat.
3.4 bar at 204C 3.4 bar at 204C
Double eccentric disc. Double eccentric disc.
TEST PRESSURES Bi-directional isolation. Bi-directional isolation.
H H TEST PRESSURES
Valves are supplied gear operated. Valves are supplied gear operated.
Shell: 37.5 bar Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
Seat: 44 bar
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available. PN40, alternative flanges available.
B B
28 45
E E
A A 40
24
35
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 20 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
30

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

Nom Nom
Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 16 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 25
A mm 89 114 114 127 140 152 152 A mm 43 46 64 64 70 76 20
12
B mm 294 333 382 398 448 473 555 B mm 123 131 150 175 187 218
15
H mm 369 396 461 477 557 583 643 H mm 215 215 220 281 294 317
8
C mm 42 50 50 50 66 66 66 C mm 27 27 27 35 35 42 10
D dia mm 300 457 457 457 610 610 610 4 D dia mm 125 200 200 250 300 300
5
E mm 67 90 123 154 138 138 138 E mm 39 39 39 52 52 67
F mm 223 229 331 356 477 477 477 0 F mm 152 159 159 184 197 223 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Weight kg 67 123 150 260 366 413 474 Weight kg 9 11 16 19 31 44
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

112 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 113
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
BUTTERFLY VALVES CHECK VALVES
PN40 DN200-500

Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged IV
Check Valves

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION Check valves permit flow in one direction only, Compressed air service requires a horizontal lift
Carbon steel body with stainless steel seat Component Material Specification and close automatically if flow reverses. They are check valve with a nitrile rubber facing on the
Stainless steel stem and double offset disc BS EN ASTM entirely automatic in action, depending upon disc and fitted with a recoil spring. The valve
Reinforced PTFE seat Body Steel 10213-2 GP240GH A216 WCB
pressure and velocity of flow within the line to should always be installed as far away from the
End of line servicing up to full rating Body Seat Stainless Steel 12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
Disc Stainless Steel 10088-33 X8CrNiS 18-9 AISI 420
perform their functions of opening and closing. compressor as possible.
High Kv values
Disc Seal Ring PTFE or PTFE/ - Most Hattersley swing check valves can be When selecting valves, reference to codes of
Neoprene installed in horizontal or vertical upward flow practice and other mandatory specifications
Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
piping. Lift check valves must be used in should be made which may preclude certain
Stem Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
Disc Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431
horizontal lines only. types for specific applications.
Bottom Cap Steel - Hattersley offers four basic types of bronze Double check valves are designed to prevent
Gland Packing PTFE Graphite - check valves, namely:
Bearings Bronze-PTFE -
contamination of water caused by back
Gearbox Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Horizontal lift check syphonage, back flow and cross connection in
Handwheel Steel - Vertical lift check supplies such as those to hose taps, cisterns,
Swing check stand pipes, showers and basins.
Double check Valves, where designated, are WRAS Approved
Swing check valves, having 6 diameters of Products and listed in the Water Fittings and
straight lengths of pipe upstream and 3 diameters Materials Directory.
downstream, are suitable for velocities up to
3 metres/second. If the valve is situated such that
F turbulent flow enters the valve, the velocity should
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
not exceed 2 metres/second.
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
40 bar from -10 to 90C Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 Horizontal lift check valves are primarily used for
C D 20.7 bar at 149C basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal. air, gas and steam services whilst swing check
3.4 bar at 204C
Stainless steel body seat. valves are most suitable for water and other
TEST PRESSURES Double eccentric disc. liquids.
Shell: 60 bar Bi-directional isolation.
H
Seat: 44 bar Valves are supplied gear operated For air, gas and low pressure applications,
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1. especially where bubble tight closure is required,
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.
a valve with rubber faced disc is necessary.
B 45
E
A
40

35
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
30
Pressure bar

Nom
Size mm 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 25

A mm 89 114 114 127 140 152 152 20


B mm 294 333 382 398 448 473 555
15
H mm 369 396 461 477 557 583 643
C mm 42 50 50 50 66 66 66 10
D dia mm 300 457 457 457 610 610 610
5
E mm 67 90 123 154 138 138 138
F mm 223 279 331 356 477 477 477 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Weight kg 67 123 150 260 366 413 474 Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

114 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 115
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES
PN32 PN25

Fig. 42 Fig. 47
Bronze - Horizontal Lift NRV Bronze - Swing Pattern NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body Component Material Specification Horizontal swing pattern Component Material Specification
Horizontal lift pattern BS EN ASTM Robust and high quality bronze body BS EN ASTM
Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Cap Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 Cap Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 Hinge Pin Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 A276-316L
(BS 21) Disc (1/4" - 1") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 (BS 21) CrNiNo17-12-2
Hinge Stainless Steel 970 GR316S11 -
Fits in horizontal pipework only, not vertical
Disc Nut Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Hinge Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Disc Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500
Disc (11/4" - 3") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991. TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991.
BS 5154 PN32 Series B Bronze body. BS 5154 Bronze body.
14 bar at 198C Horizontal lift pattern. 25 bar -10 to 100C Horizontal swing pattern.
32 bar from -10 to 100C Metal to metal seat. 10.5 bar at 186C Threaded cover.
Guilded disc. Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
B TEST PRESSURES Threaded cap. B TEST PRESSURES (BS 21).
Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic) Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 Shell: 6 bar (pneumatic)
Seat: 35.2 bar (hydraulic) (BS 21). Seat: 27.5 bar (hydraulic)
Available taper threaded NPT to ASTM
B1.20.1 (42AT).

36 28
32
A A 24
28
20
24
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 20 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 16

Nom 16 Nom
1/2 3/4 12
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2 Size in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3
12
A mm 60 74 86 99 109 130 A mm 48 48 58 66 80 89 95 108 155 190
am

8
Ste

B mm 39 43 51 58 64 70 8 B mm 33 33 38 42 49 56 65 76 98 99
d
ate

Weight kg 0.5 0.7 1.6 1.7 2.5 3.5 4 Weight kg 0.20 0.19 0.32 0.43 0.61 1.01 1.34 2.12 4.08 5.76 4
ur

t
Sa

0 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
0 30 60 90 120 150 180
Temperature C
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

116 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 117
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES A PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 48 Fig. 49
Bronze - Oblique Swing Pattern NRV Bronze - Vertical Lift Pattern NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Oblique swing pattern Component Material Specification Robust and high quality bronze body Component Material Specification
Robust and high quality bronze body BS EN Suitable for mounting vertical only BS EN
Metal to metal seat for enhance sealing Cap Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Resilient seat Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Hinge Pin Brass 12164 CW603N B16-C36000 Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Hinge Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Spring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Hinge Pin Plug Brass 12164 CW617N B124 Alloy 2 End Cap Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Seat EPDM -
Disc Nut Brass 12164 CW603N B16-C36000
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Oblique swing pattern. TEMPERATURE RATING Bronze body.
BS5154 PN32 Series A Threaded cover. BS 5154 PN32 Series B Stainless steel spring.
14 bar at 260C Metal to metal seat. 32 bar from -10 to 120C Taper threaded BS EN 10266
32 bar from -10 to 120C Ends threaded internal (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7). TEST PRESSURES Available with NPT threads to
B ASTM B1.20.1.
TEST PRESSURES Suitable for mounting in horizontal (PNEUMATIC)
Shell: 48 bar and vertical pipe (with vertical Suitable for mounting vertically
Shell: 6 bar (flow upwards).
Seat: 35.2 bar flow upwards).
A Seat: 6 bar
Resilient seat.

36
A
32

B 28

24

Pressure bar
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 20
Nom Nom 16
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A mm 60 70 86.4 96 116 136 A mm 53 59 67 79 84 96 12
B mm 45 50 58 68 75 94 B mm 33 40 50 60 66 80 8
Weight kg 0.28 0.42 0.62 1.0 1.4 2.1 Weight kg 0.18 0.27 0.44 0.63 0.93 1.4
4

0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

118 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 119
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Double Check Fig. 761


(Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves NRV Non-Return Valve NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Compression ends for use with half hard Component Material Specification Spring loaded axially guided disc Component Material Specification
R250 copper pipe BS EN Positive non-slam shut-off BS EN ASTM
Single, double and chromium plated Body DZR Brass 12165 CW602N Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12
options available Resilient seat located in body Plunger DN50-150 Bronze -
WRAS Approved for use with potable water WRAS Approved Plunger DN200-400 Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Seat Retaining Ring Steel -
Xylan Coated -
Seat Nitrile -
Guide Bronze -
Spring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304

Fig. 249 Fig. 249C

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ Manufactured to BS 6282. TEMPERATURE RATING Spring Loaded axially guided disc.
WRAS Approved PN16 85C. 16 bar from -10 to 85C Resilient Seat located in body.
TEMPERATURE RATING Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Application: Water.
16 bar from -10 to 85C TEST PRESSURES WRAS Approved.
End Connection: Compression.
Back Flow Prevention Device category: Shell: 24 bar
TEST PRESSURES Seat: 17.6 bar
C

Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply.


(HYDRAULIC) Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Shell: 24 bar
E

Regulations 1999.
Seat: 17.6 bar Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply. D
B B Contamination Risks (water fittings)
SPECIFICATION Regulations 1999.
A Fig. 249
Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm
D 18 18
Fig. 249C
Double Check chromium plated - 15mm A
Fig. 249 & 249C 16 16

14 14

12 12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
10 10
Nom mm 15 22 28 15 Nom
Size Fig. 249 Fig. 249 Fig. 249 Fig. 249C 8 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 8
A mm 61.4 74.6 88.6 61.4 A mm 120 119 130 155 200 230 280 344
6 6
B mm 9.5 10.5 12.5 9.5 D mm 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
C mm 15.2 22.2 28.25 15.2 4 Weight kg 5 7 9 13 21 28 47 83 4
D mm 78.5 91.4 106.3 78.5
2 Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices 2
E mm 24.5 27.5 30.5 24.5
Weight (approx) kg 0.116 0.212 0.360 0.116 0 conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide. 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

120 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 121
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES B PN25

Fig. 1013 Fig. 3047


Bronze - Horizontal Lift Pattern NRV Bronze - Swing Pattern NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body Component Material Specification Horizontal swing pattern Component Material Specification
Horizontal lift pattern BS EN Robust and high quality bronze body BS EN
Replaceable PTFE, glass filled disc Cap (11/4" to 2") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Various disc materials available Body Bronze 1982 CC491K
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 Cap (1/2" to 1") Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000 Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1 Cap Bronze 1982 CC491K
(BS 21) Disc Holder Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 (BS 21) Disc Holder (1/2" to 1") Brass 12164 CW614N
Disc PTFE - Glass Filled - Disc Holder (11/4" to 2") Bronze 1982 CC491K
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Disc Nitrile 2751 BA80
Disc Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Disc Retaining Washer Brass 12164 CW614N
Hinge Bronze 1982 CC491K
Hinge Pin Stainless Steel 970 GR316S11
Hinge Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Identification Plate Aluminium -
Drive Screw Steel Electro Brassed -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991. TEMPERATURE RATING Horizontal swing pattern.
BS 5154 PN32 Series B Bronze body. BS 5154:1991 PN25 Threaded cover.
14 bar at 198C Horizontal lift pattern. 25 bar from -10 to restricted 90C Alternative disc materials available.
32 bar from -10 to 100C Replaceable PTFE - glass filled disc. Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266
Guilded disc. TEST PRESSURES (ISO 7).
B B
TEST PRESSURES Threaded cap. Shell: 6 bar - pneumatic Suitable for mounting in horizontal
Shell: 6 bar - pneumatic Taper threaded BS EN 10266 Seat: 27.5 bar - hydraulic and vertical pipe (with vertical
Seat: 35.2 bar - hydraulic (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. flow upwards).

36
A A
32

28

24
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


20
Nom Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 16 Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A mm 60 74 86 99 109 130 12 A mm 58 66 80 89 95 108
am

B mm 39 43 51 58 64 70 B mm 38 42 49 56 65 76
Ste

8
Weight kg 0.4 0.6 1.1 1.3 2.1 3.4 Weight kg 0.33 0.43 0.63 1.01 1.34 2.12
d
ate

4
ur

t
Sa

0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

122 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 123
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES
CHECK VALVES PN16
PN25 ANSI 125

Fig. M650 Fig. M651, 651E, 651ANSI


Ductile Iron - Swing Pattern NRV Cast Iron - Swing Pattern NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Suitable for velocities of up to Component Material Specification Suitable for velocities of up to Component Material Specification
3 metres/second BS EN 3 metres/second BS EN ASTM
Ideal for water or other liquids Cover Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1050 Ideal for water or other liquids Cover Cast Iron 1561 EN JLI040 A126 CI B
Bolted cover Cover Gasket Asbestos Free - Bolted cover Cover Gasket Reinforced -
Suitable for mounting in horizontal Hinge Pin Stainless Steel 970 420537 Suitable for mounting in horizontal Compressed Graphite
and vertical pipelines Hinge Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1050 and vertical pipelines Hinge Pin Brass 12164 CW603N B16-C36000
Disc Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1050 Hinge Pin Plug Brass 12164 CW603N B16-C36000
Disc Face Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K Hinge Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A536 70-50-05
Body Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K Disc Cast Iron 1561 EN JLI040 A126 CI B
Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS 1050 Disc Face Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62-C83600
Body Seat Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62-C83600
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN JLI040 A126 CI B

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING BS EN 12334:2001 PN25. TEMPERATURE RATING BS EN 12334:2001.
Horizontal swing pattern. BS EN 1092-2 PN16 Face to Face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
BS EN 12334 PN25
16 bar from -10 to 120C basic series 10.
25 bar from -10 to 120C Bolted cover.
21.5 bar at 220C 11.8 bar at 230C Cast iron body.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.
B Bolted cover.
Copper alloy trim. B
TEST PRESSURES Suitable for mounting in horizontal
TEST PRESSURES Bronze trim.
Shell: 24 bar (hydraulic) Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical
(HYDRAULIC) and vertical pipelines (with vertical
pipes (with the flow upwards).
flow upwards). Seat: 17.6 bar (hydraulic)
PN25
M651, flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar 651E, flanges drilled to BS 10 available.
651ANSI, flanges drilled to ANSI B16.1 125.

28 18
A PN16
A 16
24
ANSI 125
14
20
12

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 16 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 10


Nom Nom 8
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 12 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
A mm 203 216 241 292 330 356 495 622 699 A mm 203 216 241 292 330 356 495 622 699 6
team

8
B mm 121 135 141 168 182 215 267 305 343 B mm 113 133 143 163 197 212 257 298 330 4
dS

Weight kg 16 22 28 40 62 82 144 232 310 Weight kg 13 18 21 35 48 68 113 218 282


ate

4 2
ur
at

S
0 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

124 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 125
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
CHECK VALVES CHECK VALVES
PN16 ANSI 125 PN16 - ANSI 125 - PN25

Fig. M653 Fig. 860 & 865


Cast Iron with Lever and Weight NRV NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Lever and weight offers the ability to alter Component Material Specification Double door wafer check valves permit No. Component Material Note
the flow resistance BS EN ASTM flow in one direction only and close
Bolted cover Cover Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B automatically if flow reverses Cast Iron EN-JL-1040 PN16 / ANSI125 DN50-DN150
Suitable for mounting in horizontal Cover Gasket Asbestos Free - They are entirely automatic in action, 1 Body Ductile Iron EN-JGS-500-7 PN16 / ANSI125 DN200-DN600
and vertical pipelines Hinge Pin Plug Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304 depending upon pressure and velocity of Ductile Iron EN-JGS-500-7 PN25 DN50-DN600
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 flow to perform the functions of opening
Hinge Ductile Iron 1561 EN JS1050 2 Disc Stainless Steel SS304 -
and closing
Gland Packing Asbestos Free - 3 ID Plate Anodised Aluminium -
Disc Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Eyebolt tapped holes, to fit eyebolts to
4 Seat EPDM -
BS EN 1S0 3226: 2010 (eyebolts are not
Disc Face Ring Bronze - 5 Stop Bolt Stainless Steel 304 -
supplied with valve)
Body Ring Bronze - 6 Stem Stainless Steel 304 -
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 7 Spring Stainless Steel 304 -
Counter Weight Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B 8 Washer PTFE -
Operating Shaft Stainless Steel 10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2 A276-316L 9 Gasket EPDM -
Operating Lever Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Spring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
A
B

H
3

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION 5


TEMPERATURE RATING Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 and bolted cover
BS EN 12334:2001 PN16 Outside lever and adjustable weight. DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
6
16 bar from -10 to 120C If valve Fig. number M653 is to be used in a vertical A (mm) B H Weight (kg) Eyebolt Kv
pipeline this must meet ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Size PN16 ANSI 125 (mm) (mm) PN16 PN25 Tapping Valves
BS 5153 ANSI
Copper alloy trim. PN25 ANSI 125
11.8 bar at 230C 7
Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical DN50 107 102 65 43 1.5 1.5 N/A 36
B 9 bar at 218C pipelines (with vertical flow upwards). DN65 127 121 80 46 2.1 2.1 N/A 69
13.8 bar from -10 to 66C BS EN 12334:2001 PN16. 8
DN80 142 133 94 64 3.3 3.2 N/A 123
be stated on order so that the lever and weight
TEST PRESSURES assembly can be positioned accordingly.
DN100 162 162 117 64 4.3 4.0 N/A 234
PN16 DN125 192 192 145 70 6.3 5.9 N/A 352
Shell: 24 bar DN150 218 218 170 76 8.3 8.1 N/A 599
Seat: 17.6 bar 18 9
DN200 273 273 224 89 13.6 13.6 M8 1188
Class 125 PN16
A 16 DN250 329 329 265 114 24.2 24.2 M8 2494
Shell: 24.1 bar
C ANSI 125 DN300 384 384 310 114 31.5 31.5 M10 4044
Seat: 13.8 bar 14 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
DN350 446 446 360 127 52.2 52.2 M12 5051 Figure 860: PN16 or ANSI 125
12
DN400 498 498 410 140 74.0 74.0 M12 5500 Figure 865: PN25 -10 to 120C
Pressure bar

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 10 DN450 550 546 450 152 101.0 101.0 M12 6715 END CONNECTION
Nom 8 DN500 610 603 500 152 121.0 121.0 M12 9430 Suitable for flange connection to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 /
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 DN600 720 714 624 178 174.0 174.0 M12 15700 BS EN 1092-2 PN25 / ANSI B16.1 125
A mm 203 216 241 292 330 356 495 622 699 6
SPECIFICATION
B mm 121 135 141 168 182 215 267 305 343 4 Eyebolt tapping to BS EN 3226: 2010 Face-to-Face dimensions conform to BS EN 558 series 16.
C mm 200 200 215 250 300 290 580 730 720 Kv valves: fully open Suitable for installation in vertical and horizontal pipelines.
2
Weight kg 21 27 33 45 66 86 152 244 320 When installed in vertical pipelines the flow must be in an upward
0 direction. This valve is suitable for use on group 2 liquids only, as
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C
defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

126 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 127
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES

Project: Galleria Mall, Amman, Jordan


Sector: Retail
Gate Valves
Distributor: ACE Supplies & Trading
Client: Amwaj Properties
Contractor: Hussein Atieh & Sons Co. L.L.C Hattersley gate valves offer the ultimate in stem screw and handwheel - moves up and down
dependable service wherever minimum pressure at right angles to the path of flow, and seats
Specification: Bronze and Cast Iron Gate Valves, Balancing Valves and Ball Valves.
drop is important. against two seat faces to shut off the flow. Gate
A large quantity of Bronze and Cast Iron Gate Valves, Balancing Valves, and Ball Valves have valves are not recommended for throttling since
They serve as efficient stop valves with fluid flow in
been installed in Galleria Mall, one of the largest shopping centres in Jordan. the control characteristic is not appropriate and
either direction. The straight through design offers
Galleria Mall is located at the heart of the capitals main shopping district, on Zahran Street. little resistance to flow and reduces pressure drop subsequent damage, due to erosion, may prevent
With extensive landscaping, terraces and water elements, the building is seven floors tall with an to a minimum. A gate-like disc - actuated by a the valve providing an effective shut off.
additional four floors of parking facilities, accommodating 1,500 vehicles. Remarkably, Galleria
Mall will supply 124,513.80 m of retail development. Its not surprising that the installation Fig. No. PN Series End Size Bonnet Wedge
included an incredible 566 Hattersley valves in total! Rating Connections Range Pattern Material
35 PN16 16 B Flanged 15 - 100mm Threaded Bronze
30C 16 B Compression 15 - 54mm Threaded Bronze
30CLS 16 B Compression 15 - 54mm Threaded Bronze
30* 20 B Threaded 1/4 - 3" Threaded DZR Alloy
30LS* 20 B Threaded 1/4 - 3" Threaded DZR Alloy
33X* 20 B Threaded 1/4 - 4" Threaded Bronze
33XLS* 20 B Threaded 1/4 - 4" Threaded Bronze
33* 32 B Threaded 1/4 - 3" Threaded Bronze
669 32 B Threaded 1/4 - 2" Union Bronze
28 - - Threaded 1/2 - 3" Threaded Bronze
609 32 A Threaded 1/4 - 3" Threaded Bronze
WRAS Approved Product
* Kitemarked to the relevant British Standard

Fig. No. PN Class End Size Pattern


Rating Rating Connections Range
M549 PN6 6 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Inside Screw
M552 PN6 6 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Outside Screw
M511 PN10 10 - Flanged 50 - 150mm Inside Screw
M541 PN16 16 - Flanged 50 - 400mm Inside Screw
M544 PN16 16 - Flanged 50 - 300mm Outside Screw
M540 PN25 25 - Flanged 50 - 150mm Outside Screw
501 ANSI - 125 Flanged 2 - 12" Inside Screw
504 ANSI - 125 Flanged 2 - 12" Outside Screw

Alternative flange options available on some products. See individual datasheets.

128 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 129
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B PN20 SERIES B

Fig. 33X & 33XLS Fig. 30 & 30LS


Bronze IV DZR IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification Dezincification Resistant Brass prevents Component Material Specification
integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM corrosion and fungal growth BS EN
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
WRAS Approved for use with potable water Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 WRAS Approved for use with potable water Identification Plate Aluminium -
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Stem (1/4" to 2") DZR Brass 12164 CW602N Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Handwheel Aluminium -
Stem (21/2" & 3") Brass 12164 CW614N Stem DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
Stem (4") Al Bronze 12163 CW301G B150 C64200 Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Gland Brass 12164 CW614N
Stuffing Box (21/2" & 3") Brass 12165 CW617N B124 C37700 Packing Ring Asbestos Free -
Stuffing Box 4" Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Body DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
Packing Ring Asbestos Free - Disc DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
Gland (1/2" to 3") Brass 12164 CW614N Stuffing Box DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
Gland (4") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Bonnet DZR Brass 12164 CW602N
Lockshield Cap Brass 12164 CW614N
Packing Nut (1/2" to 3") Brass 12164 CW614N
Packing Nut (4") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62-C83600
Handwheel Aluminium -
Identification Plate Aluminium -
Gasket Fibre -
Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
C WRAS Approved Product. C WRAS Approved Product.
BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B BS EN 12288 PN20 Series B
9 bar at 180C Non-rising stem. 9 bar at 180C Non-rising stem.
20 bar from -10 to 100C Threaded bonnet. 20 bar from -10 to 100C Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge. One piece wedge.
B
TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) E TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
D formerly BS 21. formerly BS 21.
(HYDRAULIC) B Shell: 6 bar
Available with NPT thread (33XAT) 1/2 to 4". Air Seat: 6 bar Available with lockshield (30LS).
Shell: 6 bar
Air Seat: 6 bar Available with lockshield (33XLS) up to 2". Available with NPT thread (30AT).

A A
Fig. 33X Fig. 33XLS Fig. 30 Fig. 30LS

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom
Nom Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
Size in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A mm 51.6 56 64 72 75 91
A mm 46 46 51 55 63 71 73 83 96 105 162 B mm 90 100 120 125 145 170
B mm 75 75 82 95 118 144 166 190 219 259 366 C mm 56.8 56.8 69.2 69.2 75.5 81.5
C mm 57 57 5 69 69 76 81 94 140 150 232 D mm 80 85 105 110 130 155
D mm - - 86 112 124 149 175 196 227 270 376 Lockshield key Fig. 391 391 391 391 391 391
Weight kg 0.27 0.26 0.35 0.55 0.84 1.18 1.66 2.55 4.30 6.4 18.37 Ref A A 2 2 2A 3
Weight kg 0.32 0.45 0.7 1.22 1.55 2.45

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0913_v4

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

130 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 131
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN16 PN16 SERIES B

Fig. 30C & 30CLS Fig. C31


Bronze IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification
integral seating surfaces BS EN integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM
Offers the ultimate in dependable service Body Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1030 A126 CI B
wherever minimum pressure drop is important Bonnet Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar Stem Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000
WRAS Approved for use with potable water Stem DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N Gland Packing PTFE -
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Disc Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K) Stem Ring Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000
Stem Retainer DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC490K B584 C84400
Packing Ring Asbestos Free - Wedge Bronze 1982 CC490K B584 C84400
Gland (28-54 only) Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N Body Bronze 1982 CC490K B584 C84400
Packing Nut Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
Handwheel Aluminium -
Identification Plate Aluminium -
Handwheel Nut Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
Compression Olive Brass BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L
Compression Nut Brass BS EN 12165 CW617N

PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS COMPRESSION


Temperature C -10 to 30 40 50 65 80 90 100 110 120
Pressure bar 16 14.3 12.6 10 8.7 7.8 6.9 6 5
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be determined by interpolation.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ Gate valves are best for services DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
that require infrequent valve
C TEMPERATURE operation and where the disc is C TEMPERATURE RATING Bronze body and bonnet.
Across Protrusions Non-rising stem.
RATING kept either fully open or closed. 7 bar at 170C
They are not practical for 16 bar from -10 to 100C Threaded bonnet.
PN16
throttling. One piece wedge.
TEST PRESSURES Valves are manufactured in TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
accordance with BS EN 12288: formerly BS 21.
(PNEUMATIC) (HYDRAULIC)
B 2010 (formerly BS 5154) PN20 Generally in accordance with
Shell: 6 bar Each valve is individually hydrostatically BS EN 12266.
B for Series B ratings, but are B
Seat: 6 bar tested to BS EN 12266 at the following test.
limited to the pressure/
Shell: 24 bar
temperature ratings detailed in
SPECIFICATION Seat: 17.6 bar
BS EN 1057:2006 for
UK End Connection: compression end fittings.
18
Compression ends to BS EN This valve is to be used on
1057:2006: Half hard R250. Group 2 liquids only, as defined 16
D Operator: Handwheel. by the Pressure Equipment
D 14
A Directive 97/23/EC.
A
Fig. 30C Fig. 30CLS 12

Pressure bar
A
10
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 30C 30CLS
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 8
Nom Nom
Size mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 Size mm 15 22 28 35 42 54 Nom 6
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A mm 69 75 86 100 111 133 A mm 69 75 86 100 111 133 4
B mm 74 86 105 110 130 152 B mm 78 90 110 115 136 160 A mm 53 57 64 70 74 85
C mm 48 69 76 81 94 100 B mm 75 84 95 116 127 151 2
D mm 26.5 23.5 25.5 30.5 34.5 37 D mm 26.5 23.5 25.5 30.5 34.5 37 C mm 54 58 64 70 74 85
Weight kg 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.5 0
Weight kg 0.34 0.50 0.70 0.95 1.45 2.50 Weight kg 0.34 0.50 0.70 0.95 1.45 2.50 0 40 80 120 160 200
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

132 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 133
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 33 Fig. 669


Bronze IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification
integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288 Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Inside screw pattern with rising stem Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Packing Ring Asbestos Free - Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Packing Ring Asbestos Free -
Handwheel Aluminium - Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Gland Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500 Stem Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Stuffing Box DZR Brass 12164 CW602N Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Stem DZR Brass 12164 CW602N Gland Brass 12164 CW614N
Stem (21/2" & 3") Al Bronze 12163 CW301G B150 C64200 Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Handwheel Aluminium -
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW614N Union Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Identification Plate Aluminium - Identification Plate Aluminium -
Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010. TEMPERATURE RATING BS EN 12288:2010.
Non-rising stem. C Rising stem.
C BS EN 12288 PN32 Series B BS EN 12288 PN32 Series B
14 bar at 198C Threaded bonnet. 14 bar at 260C Union bonnet.
32 bar from -10 to 100C One piece wedge. 32 bar from -10 to 120C One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
TEST PRESSURES formerly BS 21. TEST PRESSURES formerly BS 21.
(HYDRAULIC) Available with NPT thread (33AT) (HYDRAULIC) Sizes 1/2" and above are available with
1/2 to 2". NPT thread (669AT).
B Shell: 48 bar B Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar Seat: 35.2 bar

36

32

28

A 24
Pressure bar

A
20
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
16 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom
Size in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 12 Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A mm 46 46 51 55 63 71 73 83 8
B mm 78 78 86 98 120 148 172 196 A mm 51 55 63 71 73 83
C mm 60 60 70 80 85 95 102 120 4 B mm 137 169 194 232 266 321
Weight kg 0.36 0.35 0.47 0.6 0.92 1.41 1.92 2.72 C mm 76 81 94 100 120 140
0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Weight kg 0.46 0.72 1.10 1.50 2.25 3.20
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

134 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 135
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN16 PN16 SERIES B

Fig. 28 Fig. 35
Bronze - Lever Operated IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification
integral seating surfaces integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM
Lever operated for ease of use Body Bronze / Brass Flanges ends require no pipe threading Gland Brass 12164 CW614N
Fitted with asbestos-free gland packing Wedge Brass Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
as standard Lever Brass Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Washer Brass Stem Brass 12164 CW614N
Plug Brass Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
O-Ring NBR Stuffing Box Brass 12165 CW617N B124 C37700
Gasket Fibre Packing Ring Graphite -
Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Handwheel Aluminium -
Identification Plate Aluminium -
Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING TEMPERATURE RATING Non-rising stem.
16 bar C BS 5154 PN16 Series B Threaded bonnet.
-20C to +90C 7 bar at 170C One piece wedge.
16 bar from -10 to 100C Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN16.
SPECIFICATION
H Screwed BSP. TEST PRESSURES
Lever operated. B (HYDRAULIC)
Bronze Body up to 11/2". Shell: 24 bar
Brass Body 2" to 4". Seat: 17.6 bar

D L D
18 18

16 16

14 14

12 A 12

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

10 10
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 8 8
Nom
6 Size mm 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 6
Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 A mm 90 100 110 120 135 165 185 190
4 4
L mm 46 51 57 61 67 75 80 86 92 B mm 110 130 145 165 200 240 280 365
H mm 57 66 76 88 96 115 150 170 210 2 C mm 80 85 95 120 120 155 180 230 2
D mm 130 147 155 184 215 230 355 370 400 D mm 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220
0 0
Weight kg 0.39 0.56 0.78 1.10 1.42 1.62 2.85 3.80 5.80 0 20 40 60 80 100 Weight kg 2.1 2.7 4.0 4.4 6.3 9.1 15.4 22.2 0 40 80 120 160 200
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

136 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 137
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B PN20 SERIES B

Fig. 609 Fig. C618


Bronze IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification Robust and high quality bronze body with Component Material Specification
integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM integral seating surfaces BS EN ASTM
Inside screw pattern with rising stem Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Inside screw pattern with rising stem Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1030 A126 CI B
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Suitable for high pressures up to 20 bar Stem Copper Alloy 12164 CW714R B21-C48200
Stem (1/4" to 2") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Gland Nut Copper Alloy 12164 CW603N B16-C36000
Stem (21/2") AL. Brass 12163 CW301G Gland Copper Alloy 12164 CW603N B16-C36000
(CA 12) Gland Packing PTFE -
Stem (3") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62-C83600
Disc Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62-C83600
Packing Ring Asbestos Free - Wedge Bronze 1982 CC491K B62-C83600
Gland Brass 12164 CW614N
Packing Nut (21/2" & 3") Brass 12164 CW721R
Packing Nut (1/4" to 2") Brass 12164 CW614N
Handwheel Aluminium -
Identification Plate Aluminium -
Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem. C TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem.
C Threaded bonnet. Threaded bonnet.
14 bar at 198C 9 bar at 180C
32 bar from -10 to 100C One piece wedge. 20 bar from -10 to 100C One piece wedge.
Bronze trim. Bronze trim.
TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
(HYDRAULIC) formerly BS 21. formerly BS 21.
(HYDRAULIC)
Each valve is individually hydrostatically Complies with BS EN 12288:2010. Complies with BS EN 12288:2010.
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266 at the following Sizes 1/2" and above are available with Available with NPT thread (C618AT).
B B tested to BS EN 12266 at the following
test pressures. American Threads. (Fig. 609AT) test pressures. Complies with MSS SP-80 Class 150.
Shell: 48 bar Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar Seat: 22 bar
36

32

28

24
Pressure bar

A A
20

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 16 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom 12 Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
8 A mm 48 52 59 64 68 75
A mm 51 55 63 71 73 83
B (Open) mm 133 162 191 223 253 307 4 B mm 117 140 167 195 222 264
C mm 70 80 85 95 105 120 C mm 53 64 73 80 90 102
0 Weight kg 0.35 0.53 0.75 1.05 1.41 2.03
Weight kg 0.50 0.75 1.30 1.70 2.60 3.50 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

138 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 139
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN6 PN6

Fig. M549 & 549E Fig. M552 & 552E


Cast Iron IV Cast Iron IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Cast Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification Cast Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem BS EN ASTM Outside screw pattern with rising stem BS EN ASTM
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Ideal for use on more active media where Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B
reasonably clean services Gland Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B fluid might have an adverse affect on thread Wedge Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B
Seat rings are threaded and securely fixed Gland Packing Expanded - Flanges ends require no pipe threading Bonnet Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B
into the body Graphite Yoke Joint Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B
Stuffing Box Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Yoke Sleeve Cast Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Stuffing Box Gasket Asbestos Free - Bonnet Gasket Asbestos Free -
Stem Brass 12164 CW614N Wedge Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Bonnet Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 Stem Steel 10087 11sMn30 A105
Bonnet Gasket Asbestos Free - Stuffing Box Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Wedge Nut Brass 12164 CW614N Stuffing Box Gasket Asbestos Free -
Wedge Brass 12164 CW614N Gland Follower Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JSI040
Wedge Facing Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K Packing Gland Brass -
Body Seat Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


C TEMPERATURE RATING Inside screw.
C TEMPERATURE RATING Outside screw.
BS EN 1171 PN6 Non-rising stem. BS EN 1171: 2002 PN6 Rising stem.
6 bar at -10 to 120C Bronze trim. 6 bar at -10 to 120C Bronze trim.
5.4 bar at 150C Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN6. 5.4 bar at 150C Flanged to BS EN1092-2 PN6.
Also available flanged to Also available flanged to
TEST PRESSURES BS10 Table E Fig. 549E. TEST PRESSURES BS10 Table E Figure 552E.
B
(HYDRAULIC) B
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 9 bar Shell: 9 bar
Seat: 6.6 bar Seat: 6.6 bar

7 7

6 D 6

A 5 5
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

A
4 4
Nom mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Size in 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 3 3
A PN6 mm 150 170 180 190 200 210 230 250 270 Nom mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
A Table E in 53/4 61/4 61/2 63/4 71/2 81/4 91/2 103/4 12 2 Size in 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 2
B mm 202 222 250 303 351 411 498 579 680 A PN6 mm 146 159 165 171 191 210 241 273 305
C mm 130 130 150 185 185 195 225 245 185 1 A Table E in 53/4 61/4 61/2 63/4 71/2 81/4 91/2 103/4 12 1
D PN6 mm 140 160 190 210 240 265 320 375 440 B (Open) mm 405 415 486 632 710 842 1100 1228 1373
0 C mm 190 190 190 305 305 305 305 405 405 0
D Table E in 6 61/2 71/4 81/2 10 11 131/4 16 18 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 30 60 90 120 150 180
Weight kg 13 16 22 29 40 51 88 150 205 Temperature C Weight kg 14 18 25 34 48 59 91 157 210 Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

140 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 141
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN10 PN16

Fig. M511 Fig. M541 & 541E


Cast Iron IV Cast Iron IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Cast Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification Cast Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem BS EN ASTM Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem BS EN
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B Bronze trim Body Grey Iron 1561 EN-JL1040
reasonably clean services Gland Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B Bonnet Grey Iron 1561 EN-JL1040
Seat rings are threaded and securely Gland Packing Graphite - Disc Grey Iron 1561 EN-JL1040
fixed into the body Stuffing Box Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B Body Seat Ring Bronze 1982 (CC491K)
Stuffing Box Gasket Graphite Disc Seat Ring Bronze 1982 (CC491K)
Stem Copper Alloy 12164 CW603N B16-C36000 Stem Stainless Steel 970: 410S21
Bonnet Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B Gasket Graphite Graphite (Asbestos Free)
Bonnet Gasket Graphite - Gland Packing Nut Stainless Steel 970: 304S31
Wedge Nut Bronze - Handwheel Grey Iron 1561 EN-JL1040
Wedge Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B Stem Retaining Ring Stainless Steel 970: 304S31
Wedge Facing Ring Bronze - Disc Stem Nut Bronze 1982 (CC491K)
Body Seat Ring Bronze - Packing Ring Graphite Graphite (Asbestos Free)
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 CI B Handwheel Retaining Nut Steel 4190 GR4
Handwheel Washer Steel 4320
Body ID Plate (Not Shown) Aluminium -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION E TEMPERATURE RATING Complies with BS EN 1171:2002.
C TEMPERATURE Complies with BS EN 1171:2002. -10 to 120 C at 16 bar Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 558-1.
Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 200C at 12.8 bar Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
RATING
series 14. Wedge disc.
BS EN 1171:2002 PN10
10 bar at -10 to 120C
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN10. TEST PRESSURES Non-rising stem.
7.4 bar at 230C Inside screw. (HYDRAULIC) Inside screw.
D
Non-rising stem. Approx. Shell: 24 bar Handwheel operated.
B
TEST PRESSURES Bronze trim. Seat: 17.6 bar
Each valve is individually OPTIONAL FEATURES
hydrostatically tested to Flanges undrilled.
BS EN 12266:Part 1 at the Flanges drilled to BS10 available: Fig 541E.
following test pressures: F C
Shell: 15 bar 18
D 14
Seat: 11 bar
16
12
14
10 A B
A 12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

8 10
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS Nom
6 Size mm 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 8
Nom
Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 A mm 190 203 229 254 267 292 330 356 6
4 B mm 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 32
A mm 150 170 180 190 200 210 All dimensions are 4
C mm 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460
B mm 292 324 360 380 454 490 nominal. Please
2 D mm 262 286 356 426 463 578 697 788 2
C mm 160 160 200 200 250 250 note sizes 50, 250
E mm 190 190 220 300 300 350 400 400 and 300mm are also
D mm 160 185 200 220 250 285 0 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240
F mm 118 132 156 184 211 266 319 370 available, please 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Weight kg 17 20 28 34 51 62
Temperature C Weight kg 18.7 23.9 37.6 50.7 63.8 104.3 169.6 241.6 refer to the website. Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0913_v4

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

142 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 143
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
PN16 PN25

Fig. M544 & 544E Fig. M540


Cast Iron IV Ductile Iron IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Cast Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification Ductile Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification
Outside screw pattern with rising stem BS EN ASTM Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem BS EN ASTM
Ideal for use on more active media where Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Ideal for use for non-corrosive and Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN JL1030
fluid might have an adverse effect on thread Yoke Sleeve Bronze - reasonably clean services Gland Flange Ductile Iron 1561 EN JS1050
Flanges ends require no pipe threading Yoke (100 to 300mm) Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Seat rings are threaded and securely Gland H T Brass 1561 EN JS1040
Gland Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B fixed into the body Gland Packing Expanded -
Gland Packing Expanded - Graphite
Graphite - Stuffing Box Ductile Iron 1561 EN JS1050
Yoke Joint Asbestos Free - Stuffing Box Gasket Asbestos Free -
(100 & 300mm) Stem Al Bronze 12163 CW301G B150 C64200
Stem Steel EN10087 11sMn30 Bonnet Ductile Iron 1563 EN JS1050
Bonnet Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B Bonnet Gasket Asbestos Free -
Bonnet Gasket Asbestos Free - Wedge Nut Al Bronze 12163 CW301G B150 C64200
Stem Cone Bush Brass 12164 CW614N B16-C36000 / Wedge Ductile Iron 1563 EN JS1050
B124-C37700
Wedge Facing Ring Bronze -
Wedge Nut Bronze -
Body Seat Ring Bronze -
Wedge Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B
Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN JS1050
Wedge Facing Ring Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
Body Seat Ring Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


C
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5150 and BS EN 1171.
BS EN 1171 PN16 Outside screw. C TEMPERATURE RATING Inside screw.
Rising stem. BS EN 1171:2002 PN25 Non-rising stem.
16 bar at -10 to 120C
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. 25 bar at -10 to 120C Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.
11.8 bar at 230C
Bronze trim. 21.5 bar at 220C Bronze trim.
TEST PRESSURES Flanges drilled to BS10 available
B
Figure 544E. TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
499 (SHUT)

Face to face dimensions at B (HYDRAULIC)


Shell: 24 bar BS EN 558-1 basic series 3.
PN25
Seat: 17.6 bar
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar

18 28
D
16 24
14
A 20
12 A
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

10 16
Nom mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Size in 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 8 12
A PN6 mm 178 190 203 229 254 267 292 330 356 Nom
6 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150
B (Open) mm 343 345 443 520 572 668 884 955 1054 8
4 A mm 178 190 203 229 254 267
C mm 190 190 190 305 305 305 305 405 405
B mm 322 322 340 420 477 542 4
D PN16 mm 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 460 2 C mm 190 190 190 305 305 305
D Table E in 6 61/2 71/4 81/2 10 11 131/4 16 18
0 D mm 165 185 200 235 270 300 0
D Table F in 61/2 71/4 8 9 11 12 141/2 17 191/4 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Weight kg 16 19 24 35 45 62
Weight kg 17 20 28 40 56 69 125 227 265 Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

144 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 145
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GATE VALVES GATE VALVES
CLASS 125 CLASS 125

Fig. 501 Fig. 504


Cast Iron IV Ductile Iron IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Cast Iron with integral flanges Component Material Specification Ductile Iron with integral flanges Component Valve Size Material Specification
Inside screw pattern with non-rising stem BS EN ASTM Outside screw pattern with rising stem BS EN ASTM
Ideal for use for non-corrosive and Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Ideal for use on more active media where Handwheel 2" - 12" Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B
reasonably clean services Gland Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B fluid might have an adverse affect on thread Handwheel 14" - 24" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
Handwheel Nut All Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
Seat rings are threaded and securely Gland Packing Graphite - Flanges ends require no pipe threading Yoke Bushing 2" - 12" Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
fixed into the body Stuffing Box Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B Yoke Bushing 14" - 24" Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000
Stuffing Box Gasket Graphite - Yoke 2" - 5" Part of Bonnet
Stem Copper Alloy 12164 CW603N B16 C36000 Yoke 6" - 12" Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B
Bonnet Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B Yoke 14" - 20" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
Bonnet Gasket Graphite - Yoke 24" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1050 A536 80-55-06
Gland Flange 2" - 12" Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B
Wedge Nut Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Gland Flange 14" - 20" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
Wedge Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B Gland Flange 24" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1050 A536 80-55-06
Wedge Facing Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Gland 2" - 12" Part of Gland Flange
Body Seat Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Gland 14" - 24" Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI040 A126 CI B Gland Packing All Graphite - -
Stem All Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000
Bonnet 2" - 12" Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B
Bonnet 14" - 20" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
Bonnet 24" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1050 A536 80-55-06
Bonnet Gasket All SS + Graphite - -
Wedge 2" - 12" Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B
Wedge 14" - 24" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
Wedge Facing All Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Ring
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING Body Seat Ring All Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION Body 2" - 12" Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 Class B

C
TEMPERATURE RATING Face to face dimensions. C Body 14" - 20" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1040 A126 Class B
13.8 bar at -10 to 65C ANSI B16.10 & basic BS EN 558-2 Body 24" Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1050 A536 80-55-06
8.6 bar at 232C Series 3.
Inside screw. PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5150:1990 ANSI 125.
Each valve is individually hydrostatically and BS 1560 3.2. BS EN 1092-2 Class 125 Face to face dimensions ANSI B16.10.
B tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test Bronze trim. B 13.8 bar from -10 to 65C Outside screw.

499 (SHUT)
pressures. Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125 8.6 bar at 232C Rising stem.
Shell: 24.1 bar and BS5150 ANSI 125. Bronze trim.
Seat: 15.2 bar TEST PRESSURES Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125.
tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test
20 pressures.
D 20
18 Shell: 24.1 bar
18
Seat: 15.2 bar
16
16
14
A 14
A
Pressure bar

12

Pressure bar
12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 10 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 10
Nom 8
Size in 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 Nom in 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 8
6 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 6
A in 7 71/2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 13 14
4 A mm 178 190 208 229 254 267 292 330 366 381 406 432 457 508
B in 11 121/2 131/2 151/4 18 20 25 29 35 4
B (Open) mm 405 415 486 632 710 842 1100 1228 1373 1595 1900 2210 2600 2650
C in 7 7 8 10 12 12 14 16 18 2 2
C mm 191 191 191 305 305 305 305 400 457 508 558 610 610 760
D in 6 7 71/2 9 10 11 131/2 16 19 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Weight kg 24 26 29 50 71 88 136 198 268 310 440 530 655 780 0
Weight kg 20 25 29 48 65 80 126 179 205 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

146 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 147
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Project: Blackfriars Railway Station, London
Sector: Infrastructure
Distributor: BSS Kings Cross
S Shand-Brown

Contractor: BBESL
Specification: A range of Hattersley valves including Hook-Up with Autoflow, General Isolating
Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves and Commissioning Valves.

148 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 149
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLAND COCKS/DRAIN TAPS

Project: Wheelock
Square Tower, Shanghai
Gland Cocks/Drain Taps
Sector: Commercial
Client: The Wharf
(Holdings) Ltd Fitting Hattersleys Drain Taps and Gland Cocks enable systems to be
Architect: Kohn drained without removing pipework. They prevent the build up of sediment
Pedersen Fox Associates that flows through the pipework thus extending its life expectancy.
Consulting Engineer:
Parsons Brinckerhoff
(Asia) Ltd
Contractor: Shanghai
M&E Installation Co Ltd
(the 5th company), China
Construction (Shanghai)
Distributor: Goodways
International (Hong Kong)
Limited
Specification: Hattersley
Globe valves, Butterfly
Valves, Gate Valves and
Swing Check Valves.
Soon to be the tallest
building in the Jingan
commercial district of
Shanghai, the 298 metre
tall Shanghai Wheelock
Square Tower on the
famous Nanjing Road will
have 56 floors above Fig. 81HU
ground and 2 below.
The tower will provide
110,000 square metres
of office, hotel and retail
space.
Selected for their durable
quality, Hattersleys
Bronze Globe Valves and
PN25 Butterfly Valves
have been installed in the
HVAC system and their
Cast Iron Gate and Swing
Check Valves have been
S Shand-Brown

installed in the plumbing


and drainage system. Fig. 371

150 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 151
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
DRAIN TAPS GLAND COCKS

Fig. 370 & 371 Fig. 81HU


Bronze DOC Bronze Hose Union DOC

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Enables system to be drained without Component Material Specification Enables system to be drained without Component Material Specification
removing pipework BS EN removing pipework BS EN ASTM
Prevents build-up of sediment Body Bronze 1982 CC491K Prevents build-up of sediment Gland (1/2" to 1") Brass 12165 CW617N B124 Alloy 2
Extends life expectancy of pipework Stem Brass 12164 CW603N Extends life expectancy of pipework Gland (11/4" to 2") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62
Bonnet Brass 12164 CW603N Gland Packing Asbestos Free -
Disc Holder Brass 12164 CW603N Plug Bronze 1982 CC491K B62
Cap and Tail Brass 12164 CW614N B455-385
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING TEMPERATURE 90 operation.
Suitable for pressures of 13 bar up to a Sizes 1/2" to 1" supplied complete with cap and strap.
A A RATING Other sizes available with cap and chain on request.
B B maximum temperature of 120C. 10 bar 0 to 120C
B Plugs have square heads with a slot to indicate plug
position.
TEST PRESSURES Malleable iron levers available on request.
C C (HYDRAULIC) Malleable iron lever can be pinned to the plug head at
Body: 20 bar extra charge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Figure 81HU Gland Cocks are not suitable for gas
service.

12
A
Fig. 370 Fig. 371
10
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS Nom 8
3/8 1/2 3/4 11/4 11/2

Pressure bar
Size in 1 2
Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 A mm 102 93 117 145 184 203 240
6
A (370) mm 57 73 79 B mm 54 54 64 79 90 100 170
A (371) mm 59 75 83 MI Lever No. Y2 D2 D31/2 D41/2 Y6 Y7 X
4
B mm 13 16 19 Weight kg 0.35 0.38 0.67 1.2 1.5 2.5 4.14
C BSPT 1/2 " 3/4 " 1"
2
Lockshield key Fig. 391 391 393 MALLEABLE IRON LEVERS
Ref 2 3 6
MI Lever No. Y1 Y2 D2 D31/2 D41/2 Y6 Y7 0
Weight kg 0.22 0.36 0.68 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Square size mm 8.7 9.5 10.3 13.5 15.9 15.9 19.1
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

152 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 153
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLOBE VALVES

Globe Valves

Hattersley globe valves are highly efficient for throttling


service because seat and disc designs provide flow
characteristics with proportionate relationships between
valve lift and flow rate. This assures accurate flow
control/regulation. Globe valve bodies are normally of
spherical shape, ensuring maximum strength against
line pressures and pipeline strains. Wide faced hexagon
ends on threaded valves provide a firm wrench grip
which prevents damage to the valve.
The majority of Hattersley globe valves are inside screw
pattern, having either a screwed bonnet or union bonnet
configuration. A wide choice of disc and seat materials
is offered in this range to enable the user to select a
valve most suited for the intended service.
There are five basic seat and disc arrangements
available:
1. Metal to metal: the seat being integral with the body.
2. Renewable alloy or stainless steel disc and seat.
3. Renewable composition or elastomeric disc.
4. Renewable composition elastomeric disc alloy seat.
5. Vee-Reg pattern stainless steel disc and seat giving
protection against wire drawing on steam service.

Project: Terminal 5, Heathrow Airport, London


Sector: Infrastructure
Distributor: BSS
Specification: Hattersley Automatic and Static Balancing Valves.

154 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 155
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLOBE VALVES GLOBE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B PN32 SERIES B

Fig. C4 Fig. 5
Bronze IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
High quality bronze body with robust Component Material Specification High quality bronze body with robust Component Material Specification
spherical shape ASTM spherical shape BS EN ASTM
Rising stem and screwed bonnet Handwheel Cast Iron A126 CI B Rising stem and screwed bonnet Body Cast Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Assures accurate flow regulation/control Stem Brass B16 C36000 Assures accurate flow regulation/control Disc (1/2" to 1") Brass 12165 CW617N B124 C37700
Suitable for high pressures up to 16 bar Gland Nut Brass B16 C36000 Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Disc (11/4" to 2") Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Gland Follower Brass B16 C36000 Stem Brass 12164 CW617N B455 C38000
Gland Packing PTFE - Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Bonnet Bronze B584 C84400 Stem Packing Teflon PTFE
Disc 1/2" to 1" Bronze B16 C36000 Packing PTFE -
Disc 11/4" to 2" Bronze B584 C84400 Handwheel Aluminium -
Body Bronze B584 C84400 Gland Nut Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500
Lock Nut Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem. TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem.
C 7 bar at 170C Threaded bonnet. C BS 5154 PN32 Series B Screwed bonnet.
16 bar from -10 to 100C Metal disc. 14 bar at 198C Available with NPT threads to
Taper thread BS EN 12288 32 bar from -10 to 100C ASTM B1.20.1.
TEST PRESSURES (BS 21-IS0 7). Taper threaded BS EN 10226
Available with NPT thread (C4AT) TEST PRESSURES (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
(PNEUMATIC) BS 5154.
B subject to minimum quantities. (PNEUMATIC)
Each valve is individually hydrostatically tested Bronze Body.
to BS 5154 at the following test pressures. B Shell: 6 bar
Shell: 24 bar Seat: 6 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar

36 36

32 32

28 28
A
24 24
A
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
20 20
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
16 16
Nom Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 12 1/2 3/4 12
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2
am

am
Ste

Ste
A mm 49 56 65 75 84 99 8 A mm 60 74 86 99 109 130 8
d

d
ate

ate
B mm 70 70 87 94 104 124 B (Open) mm 92 108 118 137 162 166
4 4
ur

ur
t t
C mm 53 58 64 74 74 87 Sa Sa
C mm 70 76 82 94 101 119
Weight kg 0.26 0.35 0.55 0.72 1.01 1.54 0 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Weight kg 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.7 2.7 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

156 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 157
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLOBE VALVES GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B PN32 SERIES B

Fig. 5N & 5NLS Fig. 13


Bronze Needle IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
High quality bronze body with robust Component Material Specification High quality bronze body with robust Component Material Specification
spherical shape BS EN ASTM spherical shape BS EN ASTM
Rising stem and screwed bonnet Body Cast Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Rising stem and screwed bonnet Handwheel Nut Aluminium -
Assures accurate flow regulation/control Stem Brass 12164 CW617N B124 Alloy 2 Assures accurate flow regulation/control Gland Nut Brass 12164 CW614N B16 C36000
Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar Stem Packing Teflon PTFE Suitable for high pressures up to 32 bar B124 C37700
Bonnet Cast Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Packing PTFE -
Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500 Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Handwheel Aluminium - Stem Brass 12165 CW617N B455 C38000
Identification Plate Aluminium - Disc Stem Nut Brass 12164 CW603N B16 C36000
Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N B455 C38500 Disc Holder Brass 12164 CW614N B16 C36000
B124 C37700
Disc Retaining Washer Brass 12164 CW614N B16 C36000
B124 C37700
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


C TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem.
C
TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991.
BS 5154: 1991 PN32 Series B Screwed bonnet. BS 5154:1991 PN32 Series B Bronze body.
14 bar at 198C Taper threaded BS EN 10226 14 bar at 198C PTFE replacement disc.
32 bar from -10 to 100C (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. 32 bar from -10 to 100C Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
E TEST PRESSURES TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10226
B (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
(PNEUMATIC) (PNEUMATIC)
B Available with NPT threads to
Shell: 6 bar Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar Seat: 6 bar ASTM B1.20.1

36 36

32 32
A
Fig. 5N Fig. 5NLS 28 28

24 24
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
A
20 20
Nom
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4
Size in 1 16 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 16
A mm 51 51 60 74 86
12 Nom 12
B (Open) mm 72 72 92 108 118
am

am
Size in 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
Ste

Ste
C mm 57 57 68 75 82 8 8
A mm 51 51 60 74 86 99 109 130
d

d
ate

ate
E mm 75 75 95 111 121 4 4
ur

ur
Sa
t B (Open) mm 72 72 92 108 118 137 162 166 Sa
t
Lockshield key Fig. 391 391 391 391 391
0
C mm 56.5 56.5 68.3 75.1 82 94 100 119 0
Ref IP IP IP IP IP 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Weight kg 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 1.1 1.6 2.2 3.7
Weight kg 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.9 Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

158 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 159
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLOBE VALVES GLOBE VALVES
PN40 PN16 SERIES B

Fig. 23 Fig.17
Bronze IV Bronze IV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 0FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
High quality bronze body with robust Component Material Specification High quality bronze body with robust Component Material Specification
spherical shape BS EN ASTM spherical shape BS EN ASTM
Rising stem and union bonnet Handwheel Aluminium - Rising stem and screwed bonnet Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Assures accurate flow regulation/control Gland Brass 12164 CW614N Assures accurate flow regulation/control Disc Stem Ring Man Bronze 12164 CW721R B138 C67500
Suitable for high pressures up to 40 bar Packing Non Asbestos - Integral flanges require no pipe threading Packing Asbestos Free -
Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Gland Brass 12164 CW614N
Union Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Disc 316 St. Steel - Washer Brass 12164 CW614N
Stem Man Bronze 12164 CW721R B138C67500 Disc Retaining Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Disc Stem Ring Man Bronze 12164 CW721R B138C67500 Handwheel Aluminium -
Body Seat Ring 13% Cr St 10088 X12Cr13 A276 410 Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 Identification Plate Aluminium -
Lock Washer Brass 2870 CZ 123 Bonnet Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Packing Nut Brass 12164 CW721R Stem Brass 12164 CW721R
(1/4" to 11/2") Disc PTFE -
Packing Nut 2" Bronze 1982 CC491K Disc Holder Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Handwheel Nut Brass 12164 CW614N
Identification Plate Aluminium -

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


C TEMPERATURE RATING BS 5154:1991. C TEMPERATURE RATING Rising stem.
PN40 Bronze body. BS 5154: 1991 PN16 Series B Screwed bonnet.
17.5 bar at 260C 316 stainless steel disc. 7 bar at 170C Renewable glass filled PTFE disc.
40 bar from -10 to 120C Rising stem. 16 bar from -10 to 100C Conical seat disc (15 to 50mm).
Union bonnet. Flanged to BS EN 1092-3.
TEST PRESSURES Taper threaded BS EN 10226 B TEST PRESSURES Also available with flanges drilled to BS10
(HYDRAULIC) (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21. (HYDRAULIC) Table E and F and ANSI from PN16 flanges.
B Shell: 60 bar Available with NPT threads to Shell: 24 bar Face to face dimensions of all valves are to
Seat: 44 bar ASTM B1.20.1. Seat: 17.6 bar PN16 detail.

44 18
40 16
36
14
32
A 12
28

Pressure bar
Pressure bar

A
24 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 10

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 20 Nom 8


16
Size mm 15 20 25 32 40 50
Nom 6
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 A mm 80 90 100 110 120 135
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2

m
12
4

tea
B mm 101 119 130 155 172 196

dS
A mm 59 59 68 81 95 108 121 146 8
C mm 70 80 95 95 105 120

te
2

ra
B mm 126 126 142 154 173 201 225 255 4

tu
D mm 95 105 115 140 150 165

Sa
C mm 76 76 81 94 100 119 139 150 0 0
E mm 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 11.0
Weight kg 0.56 0.55 0.8 1.24 1.82 2.73 3.78 6.03 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 0 40 80 120 160 200
Weight kg 1.24 1.76 2.30 2.82 5.22 5.71
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

160 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 161
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
GLOBE VALVES LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
PN16

Fig. 731
Cast Iron IV
Lubricated Plug Valves

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION The principle of the HNH-Milliken plug valve is as Specification
Valve body is made of high grade cast iron Component Material Specification simple as its design. The plug, which is the only Screwed end valve are supplied screwed internal
and has integral flanges BS EN ASTM moving part of the valve, when open, presents a to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) or API Line Pipe Thread
Supplied with asbestos free gland packing Handwheel Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1030 A126 CIB
and gaskets
straight through passage in line with the pipeline, as required.
Yoke Bush Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600
Outside screw pattern with rising stem Stem Brass 12164 CW603R B16 C36000
and when turned through 90 to the closed PN16 flanged end valves are drilled to
Ideal for use on more active media where Gland Flange Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1030 A536 65-45-12 position stops the flow. BS EN 1092 2PN16 and class 125 conform
fluid might have an adverse effect on thread Gland Follower Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 A special sealing compound is used to effect a to ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
Gland Packing Graphite -
completely leak tight seal. When line pressure is PN25 flanged end valves are drilled to
Bonnet Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 ClB
Bonnet Gasket Graphite -
applied to the valve in the closed position, the BS EN 1092 2PN25 and Class 250 conform
Disc Stem Nut Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 parallel plug is forced to the downstream side of to ANSI B16.1 Class 250.
Disc Cast Iron 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 the valve. The plug is then in contact with the
Health and Safety
Disc Seat Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B62 C83600 body in the area surrounding the outlet port.
Body Seat Ring Bronze 1982 CC491K B584 C83600 HNH-Milliken plug valves contain sealing
The sealing compound, which surrounds the
Body Cast Iron 1561 EN-JL1040 A126 ClB compound and grease which, for their intended
outlet port by means of special grooves in the
use, do not present a significant hazard to health.
plug, forms a barrier to line pressure. It is also
spread over the sealing surfaces of the plug and If skin contact occurs when recharging the valve
body so that a very thin film of compound is with compound wash hands thoroughly with soap
established between the plug and body surfaces and water and maintain good standards of
on the downstream side. hygiene.

The metal to metal contact of plug and body Health and safety data sheets are available for
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION together with the barrier of sealing compound each compound and give guidance on safe
TEMPERATURE BS EN 13789:2010.
ensures a completely leak tight valve. The handling and remedial action if misused.
C Face to face dimensions BS EN 588-1 basic series 10.
RATING Flanges
Cast iron body and bonnet. sealing compound to some extent preserves the
16 bar from -10 to 120C
11.8 bar at 230C Outside screw, rising stem. body and plug surfaces from corrosion, and This catalogue provides information for screwed
Bronze trim. end valves and valves fitted with flanges to
provides lubrication for ease of operation.
TEST PRESSURES Sizes DN125 to DN300 have a centre guided disc.
Handwheel operated. Providing the valve is correctly maintained, which BS EN 1092-2 and ANSI B16.1. Valves with
B (HYDRAULIC) BS10 flanges can be supplied, details on
Shell: 24 bar
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. in general simply means injecting a small
Seat: 17.6 bar Also available flanged BS 5152 ANSI 125 amount of sealing compound from time to time application.
Figure 731 ANSI.
and moving the plug, a valve giving positive Gearing
18 shut-off will result in and provide many years of In this catalogue the dimensional tables indicate
16
satisfactory service. where, in our opinion, valves should be fitted with
14 gearing.
12
Pressure bar

A
10

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 8 Steam Jacketing


m

Steam jacketed bottom covers can be fitted to the HNH-Milliken valves shown in the table.
Stea

6
Nom
ted

Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 4 Steam jacketing is used on viscous services where heat is required to keep the media in a liquid state.
ura
Sa t

A mm 203 216 241 292 330 356 495


2
B (Open) mm 259 300 318 402 419 479 537 Steam Jacket Availability
C mm 178 178 200 254 300 300 348 0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Nom Size mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Weight kg 16 21 26 44 62 83 141
Temperature C in 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8 10
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

200S - - - - -
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

162 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 163
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
CLASS 125

Fig. 170M (Screwed), 171M (Flanged)


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves Operating and Test Pressures Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Reduced Bore

Flanged Sizes Pressure/Temperature Rating FEATURES & BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS


Hot Cold Sealing compound effects a completely
leak tight seal
BS EN 1092-2 PN16 All 11.2 bar at 250C 16 bar from -10 to 120C
When open - presents a straight through
ANSI B16.1 Class 125 1/2 to 12" 125lbf/in2 at 450F 200lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F
passage in line with pipeline
ANSI B16.1 Class 125 14 to 24" 100lbf/in2 at 353F 150lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F Stops flow after 90 turn
BS1560 Class 125 15 to 300mm 8.6 bar at 230C 13.8 bar from -10 to 65C Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
BS1560 Class 125 350 to 600mm 6.9 bar at 180C 10.3 bar from -10 to 65C with the standard compound No.90

ANSI B16.1 Class 250 1/2 to 12" 250Ibf/in2 at 450F 500lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F
ANSI B16.1 Class 250 14 to 24" 200lbf/in2 at 406F 300lbf/in2 from -20 to 150F
BS1560 Class 250 15 to 300mm 17.2 bar at 230C 34.5 bar from -10 to 65C
BS1560 Class 250 350 to 600mm 14.1 bar at 200C 20.7 bar from -10 to 65C Fig. 170M - Sizes 1" to 4"

Screwed Sizes Pressure/Temperature Rating


Hot Cold
PN16 All 10.8 bar at 260C 16 bar from -10 to 120C
(157lbf/in2 at 500F) (232lbf/in2 from -23 to 248F)
Class 250 All 17.5 bar at 260C 34.5 bar from -10 to 120C
(253lbf/in2 at 500F) (500lbf/in2 from -23 to 248F)

Hydrostatic Test Pressures


Fig. No End Pressure Nominal Body Test Seat Test
Connection Rating Size bar lbf/in2 bar lbf/in2
200M DN15 (1/2") to DN80 (3") Fig. 171M - Sizes 1" to 8" Fig. 171MG* - Sizes 6" to 24"

}
supplied with fully enclosed
200R Screwed PN16 DN25 (1") to DN50 (2") 24.0 348 17.6 255
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS gearing
200L/T DN15 (1/2") to DN50 (2")
Dimensions 170M and 171M
171MG Flanged PN16 DN150 (6") to DN600 (24")
Nom mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 DETAILS OF

}
201M Flanged PN16 DN25 (1") to DN200 (8") 24.0 348 17.6 255
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 8
201R Flanged ANSI 125 DN32 (11/4") to DN100 (4") 24.1 350 13.8 200 TAPPED HOLES
A (170M) mm 92 102 111 152 165 187 225 - - - The close proximity of the flange to
201T Flanged ANSI 125 DN50 (2") to DN150 (6") 18.3 265 12.1 175 A (171M) mm 102 111 118 178 190 203 225 254 267 292 the body does not allow room for all
221T DN80 (3") in 4 43/8 45/8 7 71/2 8 9 10 101/2 111/2 bolt holes to be drilled through.
205M B mm 103 108 119 127 197 206 254 270 298 327 These holes are drilled and tapped
D Flanged ANSI 125 in 41/4 45/8 5 6 7 71/2 9 10 11 131/2 as follows:
401M Flanged ANSI 250 DN50 (2) to DN150 (6) 51.7 750 34.5 500
Wrench (screwed) G G J J L L O - - - Valve size Tapped
Wrench (flanged) G/C G/C J/C J L L O P P Q 125mm M16
Note: All valves 1/2" to 11/2" inclusive are pneumatically tested to: Weight (screwed) kg 1.7 1.9 2.4 4.3 6.6 10 21 - - - 150 to 200mm M20
Body: 6 to 7 bar VALVE PRESSURE/ 250 to 300mm M24
Weight (flanged) kg 2.9 4.2 5.0 8.2 11 17 24 44 57 77
Seat: 6 to 7 bar TEMPERATURE RATING
The pressure/temperature ratings given apply
to the valve only. Dimensions 171MG (with gear unit)
The maximum temperature at which a valve
may operate depends upon the sealing Nom mm 150 200 250 300 400 450 500 600
Size in 6 8 10 12 16 18 20 24
compound with which the valve is filled.
However, should the sealing compound have A mm 267 292 330 356 762 864 914 1067
an operating temperature different to that of B mm 380 473 532 576 738 802 843 914
the valve the lower temperature must apply. D Flanged ANSI 125 in 11 131/2 16 19 231/2 25 271/2 32
Weight kg 71 95 163 224 558 625 1190 1610

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

164 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 165
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
CLASS 125 PN16 & CLASS 125

Fig. 200M (Screwed), 201M (Flanged) Fig. 200R (Screwed), 201R (Flanged)
Cast Iron HNH-Milliken - Short Pattern, Full Bore Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Round Port, Full Bore

FEATURES & BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS FEATURES & BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Sealing compound effects a completely Sealing compound effects a completely
leak tight seal leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90 with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 200M - Sizes 1/2" to 3" Fig. 200R - Sizes 1", 11/2" and 2" only

Fig. 201M - Sizes 1" to 8" Fig. 201M - Sizes 5" to 8" Fig. 201R - Sizes 11/4" to 4"
Sizes 5", 6" and 8" have bolted 4" size has bolted bottom cover
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS bottom cover
Dimensions 200M and 201M
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 DETAILS OF
1/2 3/4 Dimensions 200R and 201R
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 5 6 TAPPED HOLES
A (200M) mm 81 88 106 111 117 152 165 187 - - - The close proximity of the flange to Nom mm 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
the body does not allow room for all Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
A (201M) mm - - 121 111 117 178 190 203 229 254 267
in - - 43/4 43/8 45/8 7 71/2 8 9 10 101/2 bolt holes to be drilled through. A (200R) mm 106 - 140 190 - - -
These holes are drilled and tapped A (201R) mm - 127 133 190 222 244 324
B mm - - 108 124 127 197 206 254 270 299 327
as follows:
D Flanged PN16 mm - - 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 in 5 51/4 71/2 83/4 95/8 123/4 -
Valve size Tapped
D Flanged ANSI 125 in - - 41/4 45/8 5 6 7 71/2 9 10 11 B mm 114 124 140 206 216 245 286
100 and 125mm M16
Wrench G G G J J L L O P P Q D Flanged ANSI 125 in 41/4 45/8 5 6 7 71/2 9
150 to 200mm M20
Weight (200M) kg 0.8 1.2 2.1 2.6 3.1 6.0 8.8 14 31 - - Wrench J J L O O P Q
Weight (201M) kg 2.7 2.7 3.9 4.6 5.7 10 13 19 39 58 77 Weight (200R) kg 1.9 3.6 4.9 12 19 25 60
Weight (201R) kg 3.8 5.8 7.5 17 23 30 61
Dimensions 201MG (with gear unit)
Nom mm 125 150 200
Size in 5 6 8
A mm 254 267 292
in 10 101/2 111/2
B mm 381 473 533
D Flanged PN16 mm 250 285 340
D Flanged ANSI 125 in 10 11 131/4
Weight kg 72 95 167

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

166 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 167
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
PN16 & CLASS 125 CLASS 250

Fig. 200L/T, 201T, 201TG & 221T Fig. 401M (Flanged)


Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - 3 Way Pattern L-Port & T-Port Cast Iron HNH-Milliken Plug Valves - Regular Pattern, Full Bore

FEATURES & BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS FEATURES & BENEFITS DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Sealing compound effects a completely Sealing compound effects a completely
leak tight seal leak tight seal
When open - presents a straight through When open - presents a straight through
passage in line with pipeline passage in line with pipeline
Stops flow after 90 turn Stops flow after 90 turn
Unless requested plug valves will be supplied Unless requested plug valves will be supplied
with the standard compound No.90 with the standard compound No.90

Fig. 200L, 200T - Sizes 1/2" to 2"


Fig. 401M - Sizes 2" to 4" Fig. 401MG - Sizes 5" to 6"
>4" size has bolted cover

Fig. 201T - Sizes 2" to 4", Fig. 201TG - Sizes 5" to 6"
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS Fig. 221T - 80mm only >4" size has DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
bolted cover
Dimensions (wrench operated) Dimensions 401M
Nom mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 VALVE IDENTIFICATION Nom mm 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 4
Ends Operation Fig. No.
A (200L/T) mm 99 99 108 127 140 162 - - - Non-transflow A (401M) mm - - - - - 216 241 283 305
A (201T/221T) mm - - - - - 216 248 267 324 Screwed Wrench 200L in - - - - - 81/2 91/2 111/8 12
in - - - - - 81/2 93/4 101/2 123/4 Screwed Wrench 200T B mm 102 105 108 124 127 187 206 254 270
B mm 108 108 118 133 133 206 222 257 302 Flanged Wrench 201T D Flanged ANSI 250 in - - 47/8 51/4 61/8 61/2 71/2 81/4 10
Flanged PN16 mm - - - - - 165 185 200 220 Flanged Geared 201TG Wrench G G G J J L L O P
D Flanged ANSI 125 in - - - - - 6 7 71/2 9 Weight (401M) kg 3.0 3.7 5.0 5.6 7.0 15 17 28 51
Transflow
Wrench G G J J L L O P Q
Flanged Wrench 221T
Weight (screwed) kg 1.7 1.6 2.5 3.8 5.2 8.4 15 29 51
Weight (flanged) kg - - - - - 13 24 39 82 Dimensions 401MG (with gear unit)
Transflow pattern valves allow reduced
flow through the ports during rotation of Nom mm 125 150
Dimensions (with gear unit) the plug from one position to another. Size in 5 6

Nom mm 125 150 A mm 381 403


Size in 5 6 in 15 157/8
A mm 387 406 B mm 381 473
in 151/4 16 D Flanged ANSI 250 in 11 121/2
B mm 476 521 Weight kg 92 120
D Flanged PN16 mm 250 285
D Flanged ANSI 125 in 10 11
Weight kg 125 151

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

168 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 169
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES
CLASS 250

Servicing Instructions
HNH-Milliken Parallel Plug Valves Sealing Compound Recommendations
Positive isolation with minimum maintenance * Refer to Technical Department

Service Sealing Service Sealing Service Sealing


Combination Button Head Nipple SEALING Compound Compound Compound
Sealing Screw (for gun injection)
In service sealing compound should be
(for gun injection) Acetone/Acetate 74 Chloride of Lime 90,74 Ferrous Chloride (Pure) 90,74
used for each individual medium to
affect good isolation. Our Acetone 74 Chocolate No Fish Oil 44
recommendations for sealing Air 90,74 compound Fuel JP4 44
compounds are the result of Alcohols 74 Chrome Alum 90,74 Fuel Oil 44
considerable research. If there is any Chrome Tanning Liquor 90,74
Alkaline Solutions 74 Furlural 44
doubt as to the suitability of a
particular compound for a given Ammonia Anhydrous 74 Coal Gas 44
service, test should be carried out in a Ammonia (Gas) 74 Coal Gas Condensate 90,44 Gases *
Sealing compound injection gun type NMG 40 for
new clean valve. This is the only way Ammonia (Liquid) 74 Coal/Petroleum Mixed Gas Gas (Manufactured) 90,44
use with pre-packed sealing compound cartridges.
Lightweight to conduct such tests. Laboratory tests Condensate 90,44
For use with valves fitted with button head nipples
compound gun
Ammoniacal Copper Hydroxide 74 Gas (Natural) 90,44
and combination sealing screws. using a beaker of line fluid and
Ammonium Hydroxide 74 Coal Tar 18 Gas Oil 44
immersing a stick of compound have
proved misleading. Where samples of Amyl Alcohol (Pure) 74 Coal Tar Oils 74 Gasoline 44
Injection of Compound Method of injection fluid can be supplied, together with Anline Dyes 74 Coal Tar Solvents 44 Glucose 90
When the combination screw has reached its Where the number of valves to be charged is details of temperature and pressure, Anthracine Oil 74 Coal Washers 90,74 Glycerine (Glycerol) 90,74
limit (screwed fully down) this indicates that small, ie. 12-15 valves, especially if they are and if known frequency of operation, Coconut Oil 90,74
Aromatic Hydrocarbons 44 Grain Alcohols (Ethyl Alcohol) 74
the valve needs recharging with sealing in the smaller sizes, lightweight gun injection we will carry out specific tests and
give our recommendations based upon Aromatic Solvents 44 Coke Oven Gas 90,74 Grease 44,74
compound. can be successfully used. For larger
the results. Asphalt 18,74 Condensate 90 Gypsum (Calcium Sulphate) 90
When using the lightweight compound gun, quantities use of the NMG40 high pressure
remove the combination screw, partially fill gun is recommended. Asphalt Emulsions 18,74 Corn Oil 90,74
the compound reservoir in the plug, replace CONSTRUCTION Corn Syrup (Glucose) 90 Helium Gas 90,44
the combination screw, and screw down. Valve Leakage Only five major parts are involved Barium Hydroxide 74 Cotton Seed Oil 90,74 Heptane 44
This operation may need repeating several Leakage through the valve indicates that the when dismantling ie. body, parallel Creosote 44,18
Beet Sugar Liquors 90 Heavy Oil (Coke Plant) 44
plug, PTFE thrust ring, bottom cover
times. When using the NMG 40 high pressure valve requires injection of sealing compound Benzene 44 Cumene 44 Hexane 44
and plug support spring.
gun, attach the nozzle to the injection nipple or that it needs opening and closing a Benzyl Alcohol 74 Cutting Oil 44 Hydraulic Fluid (Haughtosafe 271) 44
and give several steady stokes of the lever. minimum of three times to distribute the Cyanide Solutions 90,74
compound evenly.
OPERATION Bocarbonate of Soda 74 Hydraulic Oil 44
Care must be taken particularly with Bitumen 18,74 Hydrocarbons (Aromatic) 44
VALVES MUST EITHER BE FULLY OPEN
geared valves that the plug is eased off Blast Furnace Gas 90,74 Denatured Alcohol 74 Hydrogen Gas 90,44
OR FULLY CLOSED WHILST THEY ARE Operating Torque
the body stop after operation to ensure Dextrine 90
BEING CHARGED. Should a valve become jammed or unusually Boiler Blow Down 90
the plug is free to float.
stiff to operate, this can generally be cured Borax 90 Diesel Fuel 44 Kerosene 44
Indication of Full Charging by the injection of sealing compound. If this Brake Fluid 74 Distillate Petroleum 44 Ketones (Not Acetone) 44,74
ROUTINE
The first indication of the valve becoming fully is ineffective, it will be necessary to Bunker Fuel 161 Disinfectant Solution 90
charged is an increase in the effort required dismantle the valve, clean the components MAINTENANCE
Butadiene 44 Lard 90
to rotate the combination screw, or with the and recharge with sealing compound. Valves are despatched by Hattersley
charged with sealing compound. Butane (Gas or Liquid) 44 Enamel (see Paint) Latex *
high pressure gun injection an increase in the
A compound identification tag states Butanol 74 Epsom Salts 90 Light Naphthas 44
effort required on the lever. Servicing
clearly that the valve has been Butyl Alcohol 74 Ethane Gas 44 Light Oil 44,74
The effort required to operate the valve Advice is available from the Hattersley assembled and tested with a universal
should have increased from the initial Service Department in connection with Ethanalamine 74,44 Linseed Oil 90,74
compound. The user is advised to
operation prior to injection of sealing all aspects of operation, lubrication and Calcium Chloride Solution 90,74 Ether, Petroleum 44 Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) 44
follow the chart overleaf for specific
compound. maintenance. applications. When injecting additional Calcium Hydroxide (Lime Water) 90,74 Ethers 44 Lubricating Oil 44
sealing compound, care should be Calcium Sulphate 90,74 Ethyl Acetate 44 Lye Solutions (Alkalies) 74
No. Temperature Colour of Colour Availability Do NOT Cleaning taken to ensure that it is of the correct Cane Sugar Liquors 90 Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol) 74
Range Compound of Box use for Solvent type. Where the service permits, the Ethyl Benzine 44
valve should be partially or fully
Carbolic Acid (Phenol Sol.) 74 Magnesium Hydroxide 90
Label
operated once to ensure free operation Carbonate of Soda 74 Ethyl Chloride Gas or Liquid 44 Maltose (Malt Syrup) 90
18* 32 to 450F Black Buff Bulk Water or Strong Water and to determine the effort required. Carbon Bisulphide 44 Ethylene 44,18 Manufactured Gas 90,44
0 to 230C Chemicals Trichloroethane Ethylene Dichloride (Dry) 44,74
For infrequently operated valves Carbon Dioxide 90,74 Methane Gas 90,44
44 -40 to 284F Black Green Tubes, Bulk Strong Chemicals Trichloroethane Ethyline Gas 44,18
maintenance merely consists of two or Carbon Monoxide Gas 90,74 Methyl Alcohol (Methanol) 74
-40 to 140C Prepacked and Strong Trichloroethane three turns of the combination screw Carburetted Water Gas 44,74 Ethylene Glyco/Water Sol. Methyl Bromide 74
Cartridges Chemicals or, if gun injection, several strokes of
Caster Oil 74 (50% Antifreeze) 90,74 Methyl Chloride, Gas or Liquid 44
74 -31 to 500F Grey Apple Green Bulk and Nitrating Acids Paraffin the lever, and opening and closing the
valve a minimum of three times to Caustic Potash 74 Ethylene Glycol 74 Methylated Spirits 74
-34 to 260C Prepacked Steam, HTHW Hot Water
Cartridges distribute the compound evenly around Caustic Soda 74 Milk of Lime 90,74
90** -20 to 375F White White Bulk and Solvents Acetone the plug at three monthly intervals. It is Cellulose Acetate Solutions 74 Mineral Oil 44
difficult to be specific how often the Cellulose Nitrate 74 Mineral Spirits 44
-30 to 190C Prepacked
valve should be recharged with sealing
Cartridges Cement (Dry) 90,74 Molasses 90
0813_v3

0813_v3

compound, since this is determined by


* Not suitable for gun injection ** UK WFBS Listed the frequency of operation, type of Cement Slurries 90,74 Monoethanolomine 74,44
service, pressure and temperature.

170 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 171
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
LUBRICATED PLUG VALVES

Sealing Compound Recommendations


* Refer to Technical Department

Service Sealing Service Sealing Service Sealing


Compound Compound Compound
Naptha 44 Sewage 90,44 Water (Cold) 90
Naptha Vapours 44 Sewage Gas 90,44 Water (Cold, Domestic) 90
Naphthalene 44,74 Shell Cornea 44 Water (Hot, Heating) 90
Natural Gas 90,44 Shell Garia A 44 Water/Gas 90,74
Nitrobenzene 44 Shell Turbine Oil 44 Water Softener Salts 90,74
Nitrogen Gas 90,44 Shellac in Alcohol 74 Wax Emulsions 90,74
Shock Absorber Oil (Mineral) * Waxes 44,74
Oil Gas Mixture 44 Sludge and Sewage 90,44 White Spirit 44
Oil (Petroleum) 44 Soap Solutions 90,74 Wood Alcohol (Methyl Alcohol) 74
Oil Tar 18,74 Soda Liquor (Paper Industry) 74 Wort, Beer 90
Oil Water Mixtures 90,44 Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) 74 Xylol (Xylene) 44
Sodium Cyanide Solution 90,74
Paints Sodium Hydroxide
- Alcohol Solvent Base 74 (up to 50% Conc.) 74
- Hydrocarbon Solvent Base 44 Sodium Metasilicate 74
- Varnish 44 Sodium Nitrate 90
- Water Based 90 Sodium Phosphate (Tri-basic) 90,74
- White Spirit Based 44 Sodium Silicate 74
Paraffin 44 Sodium Sulphate 90,74
Paraffin Wax 90,44 Soluble Oil 90,74
Pentane 44 Solvent Naphtha 17,44
Petrolatum (Petroleum Jelly) 44,74 Starch Solutions 90
Petroleum Gas 90,44 Sugar Solutions 90
Petroleum Ether 44 Sulphur (Liquid) 44,18,74
Phthalic Anhydride 74 Sulphur Dioxide 74
Pine Resin 90,74 Sulphur Trioxide 74
Pitch 18,74 Synthetic Resins *
Polyester Resin Solvent * Synthetic Tannins *
Polyisobutylene 44
Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion * Tanning Liquors 90,74
Potash (Potassium Carbonate) 90,74 Tar 18,74
Potassium Cyanide Liquor 90,74 Tar Oil (Creosote) 44,18
Potassium Sulphate 90 Teepol 90
Producer Gas 90,44 Tempering Oil 44,18
Propane (Gas or Liquid) 90,44 Tetraethyl Lead 44
Propylene 44 Toluene (Toluol) 44
Pyridine * Triethanolamine 74
Trimethylamine 44,74
Quenching Oil 44,18 Trisodium Phosphate 90,74
Turpentine 44
Rapeseed Oil 90,44,74 Tallow 90
Road Tars 18,74
Rosin (Fine Resin) * Vacuum Service 90,44
Rubber Latex * Varnish (See Paints) Project: Leadenhall, London
Rubber Solvent * Vegetable Oils 90,74 Sector: Commercial
Vegetable Oils and Water 90,74
Distributor: BSS

S Shand-Brown
Vegetable Tannins 90,74
Vinyl Chloride Monomer 74 Contractor: Crown House
Specification: General Valves, Commissioning Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves.
0813_v3

172 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 173
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Project: North East Energy Recovery Centre (NEERC) Billingham, Stockton-on-Tees
Sector: Public Sector
Client: SITA UK
Distributor: BSS Stockton
Contractor: John Sisk & Son and Jones Engineering
Specification: Hattersley Press-Fit Valves have been specified for Europe's largest energy-from-
waste site, The North East Energy Recovery Centre (NEERC) in Billingham, Stockton-on-Tees.
Its enormous incinerators will generate enough power to supply 30,000 homes, and this waste-
free process will also prevent an incredible 265,000 tonnes of household waste being sent to
landfill every year. It will also provide heat, in the form of steam, for local industry.
Press-Fit technology reduces the number of joints required to be made on site, speeding up the
process and significantly reducing the risk of a leak, allowing the Jones Engineering team of
45 installers to get the job done quickly and efficiently.
More than 300 ball valves have already been installed in the facilitys office block, although Jones

S Shand-Brown
Engineering will also be installing balancing valves, strainers and check valves throughout the
pipework system. Due to its sheer size, the sites system has been commissioned in stages, the
first being the office block in October 2012, ready for employees to move in.

174 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 175
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Project: The Place (next to The Shard), London
Sector: Commercial
Distributor: Pipe Center
Contractor: D G Robson
S Shand-Brown

Specification: Hook-Ups, General Isolating Valves (15mm to 400mm), Strainers, Non-Return


Valves, DPCVs, Commissioning Valves and WRAS Approved Valves. Orifice plates M2000,
Isolation 970G - 100 - 100EXT - 100C - DPCV - Gas - 971.

176 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Look no Further

PRESS-FIT VALVES
PRESS-FIT VALVES PRESS-FIT VALVES

TERSL
Hattersley has designed a dedicated core range of AT E
Y
H
Press-Fit valves, which are quickly and easily installed A unique end cap has a
size indicator and ensures
into pipework using proven Geberit Mapress technology. the product is protected

N S
D E D
Without compromising on reliability, a clean pressed from any ingress prior to
installation.
joint is simpler and quicker to make than traditional PRESS-FIT

IO
1 Valves are PN16 rated and
VA LV E S

IC
soldered or threaded connections.

T
A suitable for temperatures
TE LU -10 to 120C. Valve is assembled
D S O
with press-fit ends.
2

Press-Fit Valves
Maximum Performance Benefits End connectors are full
bore, maintaining valve
performance.
3
Pre-assembled & Fewer Joints
Valves come already fitted with Geberit Mapress connectors so
there is just one integral unit. For the fitter, the benefits are huge; Valves & fittings have the
the number of joints to make on-site is dramatically reduced and advantage of redesigned parallel
the performance, exact dimensions & tolerances of the Press-Fit threads to enhance thread
Valve are known in advance. This is ideal for pre-fabricators who engagement and to ensure the
valves pass DVGW vibration
can pre-cut pipework with confidence.
and EN 331 bend tests.
4
Thoroughly Tested
Each Press-Fit valve undergoes the standard 6 bar air
underwater test. Hattersley also used bend and vibration tests
to EN331 and DVGW respectively during development to test White foil indicators Additional
the integrity of the fitting. which surround the O-Ring creates
pressing contours leak-tight seal.
An Outstanding Pedigree provide a visual indicator
Geberit Mapress Technology - Peace of Mind 5
Hattersley and Geberit have been trading for nearly 100 years of a pressed joint.
All Press-Fit Valves come with a unique white end cap, which has a 9
and bring together their expertise in creating innovative,
size indicator, and ensures that the product is protected from any
quality products and solutions th at have been used by
ingress of material prior to installation. In addition, innovative white
specifiers, consultants and contractors around the world.
foil indicators which surround the pressing contours of the
connectors are designed to fall off after pressing with a Press-Fit Valves are supplied pre-
Designed for the Perfect Fit Tool. This enables unpressed joints to be clearly visible before the assembled & factory tested
Whilst the valves still incorporate the same features & benefits pressure test. As a further safety enhancement, Press-Fit valves so the number of joints to
as the trusted Hattersley project valve range, both the feature defined leak paths, which if unpressed, will cause controlled make on-site is reduced.
fittings and valves have redesigned parallel connecting leakage and be immediately identified during initial testing. 8
threads to ISO 228-1.
Application - Adapting to Variety
Designed for both new-build and refurbishment projects,
Press-Fit valves can be installed on a variety of pipe
materials. In addition to any brand of copper tubing
conforming to BS EN 1057 R220 soft copper (12-22mm),
R250 semi-hard coppper (12-28mm) and R290 hard
copper (12-54mm), the valves can also be pressed onto
O-Ring features
Geberit Mapress Stainless and Carbon Steel. Exact dimensions,
defined leak
tolerances and
paths - a fail safe
performance of
The Core Range entire unit is known
against unpressed
joints.
Hattersley Press-Fit Valves are available in sizes up to 2" in advance.
7 6
for Ball Valves, Balancing Valves, Check Valves and Strainers.
0813_v3

0813_v3

See website for Press-Fit video

180 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 181
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PRESS-FIT VALVES PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 1432.PF New Fig. 1732.PF New


Bronze Double Regulating Valve DRV Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve FOCS

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Double regulating valve complete with No. Component Material Specification Fixed Orifice Double regulating valve No. Component Material Specification
Press-Fit connectors complete with Press-Fit connectors
1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC49IK 1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC49IK
Provides precise and accurate flow regulation Provides precise and accurate flow
2 Bonnet - 1/2" - 11/4" DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 2 Bonnet - 1/2" - 11/4" DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
Standard flow coefficients of Fig.1432 regulation & measurement
Bonnet - 11/2" - 2" Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K Bonnet - 11/2" - 2" Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
and Fig.1432L are still valid 3 Stem DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N Supplied as one integral unit means
3 Stem DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
Supplied as one integral unit means 4 Disc DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N less joints to make on-site
4 Disc (Sizes 1-2" only) DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
less joints to make on-site 5 Disc Retaining Ring DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N The performance, exact dimensions 5 Disc Retaining Ring DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
(Sizes 1-2" only) and tolerances are known in advance
The performance, exact dimensions (Sizes 1-2" only)
6 Balancing Cone DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
and tolerances are known in advance Incorporates both Hattersley and proven 6 Balancing Cone DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
7 Drive Sleeve Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven 8 Drive Sleeve Retaining Clip Carbon DIN7993 SIZE 018 Geberit Mapress technology 7 Drive Sleeve Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Geberit Mapress technology Spring Steel Vibration tested to DVGW and bend 8 Drive Sleeve Retaining Clip Carbon DIN7993 SIZE 018
9 Handwheel Retaining Screw Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N tested to BS EN331 Spring Steel
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend
10 Disc Face (Sizes 1-2" only) PTFE WRAS Approved 9 Handwheel Retaining Screw Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
tested to BS EN331 Quickly and easily installed using a
11 Hattersley Handwheel Plastic - 10 Disc Face (Sizes 1-2" only) PTFE WRAS Approved
Quickly and easily installed using a Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)
12 Memory Stop Screw HT Steel - 11 Hattersley Handwheel Plastic -
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others) 13 O-Ring Seal EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved 12 Memory Stop Screw HT Steel -
14 Identification Plate Polycarbonate - 13 O-Ring Seal EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved
15 Press-Fit Connector Bronze BS EN 1982 CC499K 14 Identification Plate Polycarbonate -
16 Connector O-Ring CIIR Butyl Rubber WRAS Approved
15 Orifice Insert DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
17 Joint O-Ring EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved
16 Fig. 631 Press Test Valve DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
17 Press-Fit Connector Bronze BS EN 1982 CC499K
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS HATTERSLEY 14 18 Connector O-Ring CIIR Butyl Rubber WRAS Approved
19 Joint O-Ring EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved

1432 MAP
C

CLOSE 11
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. 1432.PF

12
Fig. 1732.PF 12

8 7

B
9
7 9
B

5 3
3
2
2 17 19
15 17 5
13
13
HATTERSLEY 14

1732 MAP
16

D
D

CLOSE 11

Fig. 1432.PF 16 4 6 10 18 15 4 6 10

Pressed 1
A
F
1
A

F F
BODY SEAT/STEM DETAIL
E E
BODY SEAT/STEM DETAIL FOR SIZES 1/2 & 3/4

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS FOR SIZES 1/2 & 3/4


DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
TEMPERATURE RANGE in circuits incorporating flow TEMPERATURE RANGE Double regulating feature set by
Fig. No. Size Dimensions (mm) Weight Fig. No. Size Dimensions (mm) Weight Allen Key and valve operation by
-10 to 120C measurement devices. -10 to 120C
(mm) A B C D E F (Kg) (mm) A B C D E F (Kg) Microset handwheel. Disk with
Double regulating feature set by
Fig.1432.PF 1/2 x 15 87 110 46 15 132 93 0.636
OPTIONS Allen Key and valve operation by Fig.1732.PF 1/2
OPTIONS PTFE insert on sizes 1" and above.
Available in standard flow (Fig.1432.PF) Microset handwheel security seals. x 15 87 110 46 15 132 93 0.716
1/2
Fig.1732L.PF Available in standard flow (Fig.1732.PF), The entire unit provides a
Fig.1432L.PF x 18 87 110 46 15 132 93 0.640 and low flow (Fig.1432L.PF) Fig.1732M.PF
1/2 x 18 87 110 46 18 133 94 0.720 measurement accuracy of 5%.
Disk with PTFE insert on sizes medium flow (Fig.1732M.PF)
3/4 x 22 96 111 51 22 147 106 0.718
SPECIFICATION 1" and above. Conforms to 3/4 x 22 96 111 51 22 147 106 0.788 and low flow (Fig.1732L.PF) Conforms to BS7350 for flow
1 x 28 100 132 56 28 152 107 1.066 Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) BS7350 for flow regulation. measurement and regulation.
1 x 28 100 132 56 28 152 107 1.136 SPECIFICATION Complete with Geberit Mapress
Fig.1432.PF 11/4 x 35 114 133 57 35 172 121 1.354 'Y' Pattern Globe Type Double Complete with Geberit Mapress Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) 'Y' Pattern
Fig.1732.PF 11/4 x 35 114 133 57 35 172 121 1.434 bronze Press-Fit adaptors.
Regulating Valve giving modified equal bronze Press-Fit adaptors. Globe Type Fixed Orifice Double
11/2 x 42 125 148 61 42 193 134 1.816 11/2 x 42 125 148 61 42 193 134 1.906 Rated PN16 (Maximum
percentage performance with Rated PN16 (Maximum Regulating Valve incorporating integral
2 x 54 146 149 75 54 227 158 2.412 characterised throttling disk and temperature 120C). orifice with corner tappings terminating temperature 12C).
2 x 54 146 149 75 54 227 158 2.512
authority sufficient to regulate flow in Hattersley Fig. 631 test points.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

182 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 183
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PRESS-FIT VALVES PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16 PN16

Fig. 100.PF New Fig. 47.PF New


DZR Ball Valve IV Bronze Check Valve NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Quarter-turn full-bore isolation valve No. Component Material Specification Check valve complete with No. Component Material Specification
complete with Press-Fit connectors Press-Fit connectors
1 Body DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
Supplied as one integral unit means Permits flow in one direction and
less joints to make on-site 2 Seat PTFE WRAS Approved automatically closes if flow reverses 2 Cap Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
3 Ball - 1/2" - 1" DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N 3 Disc - 1/2" - 1" Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
The performance, exact dimensions Supplied as one integral unit means
Ball - 11/4" - 2" Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K Disc - 1/4" - 2"
and tolerances are known in advance less joints to make on-site Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
4 Stem Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven The performance, exact dimensions and 4 Hinge Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
5 Handle Steel Dacromet Plated
Geberit Mapress technology tolerances are known in advance 5 Hinge Pin Stainless Steel BS 970 GR316S11
6 Packing Nut DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW617N
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend Incorporates both Hattersley and proven 6 Hinge Nut Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
7 Packing Gland PTFE WRAS Approved
tested to BS EN 331 Geberit Mapress technology 7 Press-Fit Connector Bronze BS EN 1982 CC499K
8 O-Ring EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved
Quickly and easily installed using a Vibration tested to DVGW and bend 8 Joint O-Ring EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved
9 Seat Retainer DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others) tested to BS EN 331
10 Press-Fit Connector Bronze BS EN 1982 CC499K 9 Connector O-Ring CIIR Butyl Rubber WRAS Approved
The Fig. 100.PF Ball Valve is available with Quickly and easily installed using a
11 Connector O-Ring CIIR Butyl Rubber WRAS Approved
a variety of operator options - Extension Press-Fit tool (supplied by others)
12 Joint O-Ring EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved
Stem Lever (Fig.100EXT.PF) and T-handle DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
(Fig.100TH.PF)

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING 2

5
4
L2

B
4

E
5
7

8
Fig. 47.PF
12 1 3 9
H

9
7
8 3 1
6
A

C
Fig. 100.PF D

10 11
L

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS Fig. 47.PF Pressed

Size Dimensions (mm) Weight TEMPERATURE RANGE SPECIFICATION DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
(mm) L A B C L2 H (Kg) -10 to 120C DZR Brass (CW 602N) bodied end-entry Ball
Valve. Full bore. Quarter-turn, lever operated. Size Dimensions (mm) Weight TEMPERATURE RANGE
1/2 x 15 59 104 63 15 99 48 0.319
OPERATOR (mm) A B C D E (Kg) -10 to 120C
DZR brass ball chrome plated.
1/2
Lever - Fig.100.PF,
x 18 59 105 64 18 99 48 0.323
Extension stem lever - Fig.100EXT.PF,
Virgin PTFE seats, blow-out proof stem. 1/2 x 15 59.5 33 104.1 65.1 15 0.42 SPECIFICATION
3/4 x 22 67 118 75 22 99 51 0.463 Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze
Lockshield - Fig.100LS.PF and 1/2 x 18 59.5 38 105.5 66.5 18 0.42 Bronze (BS 1982 CC491K) Check Valve, swing type to BS 5154 series 'B'.
Press-Fit adaptors.
1 x 28 80 132 85 28 125 63 0.728 T-handle - Fig.100TH.PF 3/4 Metal disk, free to rotate and hinge pin mounted.
Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C). x 22 68.0 42 119.0 78.0 22 0.57
11/4 x 35 94 152 99 35 140 78 1.146 Screwed-in cap. Integral seat.
*Information shown is for Fig.100.PF. 1 x 28 81.5 49 133.1 88.1 28 0.70
11/2 x 42 102 170 102 42 140 84 1.527 Options with other operators are available Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze Press-Fit adaptors.
11/4 x 35 93.2 56 151.6 100.6 35 1.31
2 x 54 124 205 134 54 165 98 2.382 on request. Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C).
11/2 x 42 98.3 65 166.5 107.5 42 1.73
2 x 54 110.6 76 191.6 122.6 54 2.65

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

184 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 185
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PRESS-FIT VALVES RADIATOR VALVES
PN16

Fig. 817.PF New


Bronze Strainer STR
Radiator Valves
FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Series 3000 radiator valves from Hattersley are Function
Strainer complete with Press-Fit connectors
No. Component Material Specification recognised as the industry standard for high Thermostatic valves are typically used for
Helps prevent damage to pipeline
1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K quality and dependable performance. The range regulating the fluid flow to the radiators of central
equipment caused by scale and dirt
2 Mesh Stainless Steel AISI Type 304
Supplied as one integral unit means incorporates Thermostatic, Wheelhead and heating systems. They are provided with a
less joints to make on-site 3 Cap Seal PTFE WRAS Approved
Lockshield valves; and also a Universal valve regulating element which automatically controls
The performance, exact dimensions 4 Cap Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
body to accommodate TRV and Wheel heads. the opening of the valve to keep the ambient
and tolerances are known in advance 5 Press-Fit Connector Bronze BS EN 1982 CC499K
Incorporates both Hattersley and proven 6 Joint O-Ring EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved
All valves are available in 1/2" and 3/4" BSP sizes, temperature of the room, where they are
Geberit Mapress technology 7 Connector O-Ring CIIR Butyl Rubber WRAS Approved each supplied complete with complementary installed, constant at the set value. This prevents
Vibration tested to DVGW and bend compression end adaptors. unwanted temperature rises and achieves
tested to BS EN331 considerable energy savings.
Quickly and easily installed using a
The chrome plated brass valves are
Press-Fit tool (supplied by others) complemented by a range of accessories The Series 3000 Radiator valve range is
including Remote Sensors and Transmitters, eminently suitable for building services
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
and Tamperproof TRV locks. installations where durability and rugged
The Hattersley Series 3000 radiator valves construction are predominant, while satisfying
G
enable isolation, regulation and give the aesthetic requirements demanded for
H
A thermostatic control. modern commercial and domestic interiors.
1
Maximum working pressure: 10 bar operating
7 Universal Valve Body for TRV and Wheel Head
between 5 to 100C.
The range offers interchangeability of the

HEX A/F
J
The Hattersley range of valves and TRV controls

F
Fig. 817.PF TRV head and the Wheelhead. The revolutionary
E (WITHDRAWAL DISTANCE)

body design enables both the TRV head and are approved to standards UNI EN 215.
D

4 5
the Wheelhead to be connected directly to a Additional information available on request.
C

2
6 common valve body without the need for
adaptors. This design breakthrough therefore
3
reduces the cost of stock holding and increases
the versatility of the range.

Fig. 817.PF Pressed

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size Dimensions (mm) Weight TEMPERATURE RANGE
(mm) Mesh (Kg) -10 to 120C
Hole A B C D E F G H J
1/2
SPECIFICATION
x 15 0.75 58 33 40 55 62 27 103 63 15 0.284 Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) 'Y' type Strainer.
1/2 x 18 0.75 58 33 40 55 62 27 104 64 18 0.290 Fitted with perforated stainless steel screen with 0.75mm
3/4 x 22 0.75 70 42 54 69 80 33 121 80 22 0.443 holes (1/2" to 1") and 1.40mm holes (11/4" to 2").
1 x 28 0.75 88 48 60 80 93 40 140 95 28 0.612 Machined screen seats in body and cap ends.
Screwed-in cap with captive washer.
11/4 x 35 1.40 96 55 69 95 108 49 154 103 35 1.064
Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze Press-Fit
11/2 x 42 1.40 107 61 76 107 118 55 175 117 42 1.416
adaptors Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C).
2 x 54 1.40 126 79 99 135 153 67 207 138 54 2.030

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

186 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 187
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
RADIATOR VALVES RADIATOR VALVES

Series 3000 Fig. 3150


Hydraulic Characteristics Angle Wheel Head

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION


Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the Component Material Specification
central heating system BS EN
Prevents unwanted temperature rises Body Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
and achieves considerable energy savings (Chrome Plated)
Suitable for installations where durability Valve Insert Assembly EPDM Valve Disc -
and rugged construction are predominant T80 Std Wheel Head Thermoplastic ABS
Valve with Angle Connections Tailpiece Ring Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Tailpiece Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Kv (m3/h) Compression Olive Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Fig. Description Size Proportional Band (K) Kvs
Compression Adaptor Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
1 1.5 2 3
Hydraulic Seals Rubber EPDM
3100 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 1/2" 0.34 0.52 0.64 0.90 2.39
3100 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 3/4" 0.40 0.63 0.81 1.09 3.19
3300 Lockshield Valve 1/2" 0.34 0.52 0.64 0.90 2.39
3300 Lockshield Valve 3/4" 0.40 0.63 0.81 1.09 3.19

Fig. Description Size Nominal Flow Max. Diff Pres.


(l/h) (bar)
3100 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 1/2" 180 1
3100 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 3/4" 240 1
3300 Lockshield Valve 1/2" 180 1
3300 Lockshield Valve 3/4" 240 1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Valve with Straight Connections

Kv (m3/h)
Fig. Description Size Proportional Band (K) Kvs
1 1.5 2 3
3200 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 1/2" 0.32 0.50 0.67 0.86 1.52 A
3200 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 3/4" 0.43 0.63 0.82 1.05 2.20
3400 Lockshield Valve 1/2" 0.32 0.50 0.67 0.86 1.52
3400 Lockshield Valve 3/4" 0.43 0.63 0.82 1.05 2.20

Fig. Description Size Nominal Flow Max. Diff Pres.


C
(l/h) (bar) B
3200 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 1/2" 180 1
3200 Universal TRV/Wheel Valve Body 3/4" 240 1
3400 Lockshield Valve 1/2" 180 1 D
3400 Lockshield Valve 3/4" 240 1
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Kv = is flow rate in m3/h at 1 bar Dp at 20C Nom
Kvs = Kv with valve fully open Size mm 15 22
A mm 60 61
B mm 37 42
C mm 27.5 30.5
D mm 58 66
Body Weight kg 0.350 0.519

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

188 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 189
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
RADIATOR VALVES RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3250 Fig. 3300LS


Straight Wheel Head Angle Lockshield

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the Component Material Specification Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the Component Material Specification
central heating system BS EN central heating system BS EN
Prevents unwanted temperature rises Body Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Prevents unwanted temperature rises Body Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
and achieves considerable energy savings (Chrome Plated) and achieves considerable energy savings (Chrome Plated)
Suitable for installations where durability Valve Insert Assembly EPDM Valve Disc - Suitable for installations where durability Lockshield Assembly Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
and rugged construction are predominant T80 Std Wheel Head Thermoplastic ABS and rugged construction are predominant Lockshield Cap Thermoplastic ABS
Tailpiece Ring Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Tailpiece Ring Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Tailpiece Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Tailpiece Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Compression Olive Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N Compression Olive Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Compression Adaptor Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N Compression Adaptor Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
Hydraulic Seals Rubber EPDM Hydraulic Seals Rubber EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

A
A

C
B

B
C D
D

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom Nom
Size mm 15 22 Size mm 15 22
A mm 64 64 A mm 36.5 40.5
B mm 34 40 B mm 38.5 39.5
C mm 44 51 C mm 27.5 30.5
D mm 60 65 D mm 58 66
Body Weight kg 0.391 0.580 Body Weight kg 0.232 0.387

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

190 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 191
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
RADIATOR VALVES RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3400LS Fig. 3180


Straight Lockshield Angle TRV TRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the Component Material Specification Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the Component Material Specification
central heating system BS EN central heating system BS EN
Prevents unwanted temperature rises Body Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Prevents unwanted temperature rises Body Brass BS EN12164 CW617N
and achieves considerable energy savings (Chrome Plated) and achieves considerable energy savings (Chrome Plated)
Suitable for installations where durability Lockshield Assembly Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N Suitable for installations where durability Valve Insert Assembly EPDM Valve Disc -
and rugged construction are predominant Lockshield Cap Thermoplastic ABS and rugged construction are predominant T80 Std Wheel Head Thermoplastic ABS
Tailpiece Ring Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Tailpiece Ring Brass BS EN12164 CW617N
Tailpiece Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Tailpiece Brass BS EN12164 CW617N
Compression Olive Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N Compression Olive Brass BS EN12164 CW602N
Compression Adaptor Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N Compression Adaptor Brass BS EN12164 CW614N
Hydraulic Seals Rubber EPDM Hydraulic Seals Rubber EPDM

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

A
A

B
B C
C D

D
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Nom Nom
Size mm 15 22 Size mm 15 22
A mm 43 44 A mm 37 42
B mm 34 40 B mm 96 98
C mm 44 51 C mm 27.5 30.5
D mm 60 65 D mm 58 66
Body Weight kg 0.232 0.387 Body Weight kg 0.350 0.519

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

192 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 193
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
RADIATOR VALVES RADIATOR VALVES

Fig. 3280 Fig. 75/RS & 70/RT


Straight TRV TRV Accessories

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION TRV HEAD WITH REMOTE SENSOR FIG. 75/RS
Regulates the fluid flow to radiators of the Component Material Specification Max isolating differential pressure 1 bar
central heating system BS EN Temperature adjustment range 0 to 28C
Frost protection cut in 7 C
Prevents unwanted temperature rises Body Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N Max ambient temperature 50C
and achieves considerable energy savings (Chrome Plated)

*
Suitable for installations where durability Valve Insert Assembly EPDM Valve Disc - 0 1 2 3 4 5
and rugged construction are predominant T80 Std Wheel Head Thermoplastic ABS
0C 7C 12C 16C 20C 24C 28C
Tailpiece Ring Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Tailpiece Brass BS EN 12164 CW617N
Compression Olive Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
Compression Adaptor Brass BS EN 12164 CW614N
Hydraulic Seals Rubber EPDM

Fig. 75/RS

TRV TRANSMITTER FIG. 70/RT


Max isolating differential pressure 1 bar
Temperature adjustment range 6 to 28C
Frost protection cut in 6C
Max ambient temperature 50C

0
0C
*
6C
1
12C
2
16C
3
20C
4
24C
5
28C

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

Fig. 70/RT

B
C D

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Nom
Size mm 15 22
A mm 100 100
B mm 34 40
C mm 44 51
D mm 60 65
Body Weight kg 0.391 0.580

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

194 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 195
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
STRAINERS

Strainers

Scale and dirt in piping systems can cause endless trouble


and serious damage to pipeline equipment. Installation of
Hattersley strainers will help eliminate the problems caused
by foreign matter within piping systems. Generous
proportions of Hattersley strainers allow the units to collect
significant quantities of foreign matter before pressure
losses necessitate cleaning of the basket.

Project: European Bank for Reconstruction and Development


Sector: Commercial
Distributor: Smith Brothers Stores
S Shand-Brown

Contractor: E&B Group


Specification: Chiller replacement, General Isolating Valves up to 400mm, Commissioning Valves
up to 200mm, Non-Return Valves and Strainers.

196 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 197
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
STRAINERS STRAINERS
PN16 PN25/PN32

Fig. 817 Fig. 807 & 907*


Bronze Y-Type STR Bronze Y-Type STR

(Fig. 807 only)


FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Robust and high quality bronze body Component Material Specification Robust and high quality bronze body Component Material Specification
Streamlined flow contours minimise BS EN Streamlined flow contours minimise BS EN ASTM
pressure drop Cap Bronze - pressure drop Body Bronze 1982 CC491K B62
Compact design with short face to face Screen Stainless Steel 304 Compact design with short face to face Screen Stainless Steel 10088-1 X10CrNi18-10 AISI 304
Perforated stainless steel screen Body Bronze 1982 CC491K Perforated stainless steel screen Gasket Asbestos Free -
(non-stick)
Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket Captive asbestos-free non-stick gasket
Cap Bronze 1982 CC491K B62
Comprehensive flow characteristics available Comprehensive flow characteristics available

PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Bronze body. TEMPERATURE RATING Standard screen has 0.75mm
304 stainless steel. PN32 bar max (807) diameter holes.
PN16
End connections threaded to BS EN 10266 PN25 bar max (907) Screwed cap.
16 bar -10 to 100C
(BS21 Taper ISO R7) & B1.20.1 ANSI. 14 bar at 198C Ends threaded to BS EN 10266
7 bar at 170C
32 bar from -10 to 120C (BS21 ISO R7).
*Note: Fig. 907 restricted to Max Temp Figure 907 supplied complete with two
TEST PRESSURES Figure 631 test points and plugs.
120C PN25
(HYDRAULIC)
6 bar air
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 6 bar air

A
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING MESH HOLES (mm) DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
DN15-25: 0.75mm
DN32-50: 1.40mm

C
C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element
B
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS C
B
D Nom
Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A mm 68 80 95 115 130 153
18 B mm 49 64 89 97 116 159 36
A
C mm 65 90 115 135 165 235 Fig 807
16 32
k Factor 3.3 4.2 3.6 3.2 3.3 3.5
D=withdrawal distance for the screen 14 28
Weight kg 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.5 1.8 3.3
Fig 907
12 24
Pressure bar

Pressure bar
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 10 SCREEN DATA 20
Nom 8 Nom
1/2 3/4 16
Size in 1 11/4 11/2 2 Size in 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2
A mm 58 70 88 96 107 126 6 12
Holes Dia mm 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
B mm 33 42 48 55 61 79 4 Holes cm2 50 50 50 50 50 50 8
C mm 15 18 20 26 31 36 Free Flow Area cm2 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6
2 4
D mm 62 80 93 108 118 153 Element Area cm2 24.6 36 68.5 107.1 143.1 255
kv 4.8 8.8 16.1 25.5 36 38 0 Free Flow Area cm2 5.5 8.1 15.5 24.2 32.3 57.6 0
Weight kg 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.5 0 40 80 120 160 200 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Temperature C
% Nominal Bore 434 284 305 305 283 284 Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0913_v4

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

198 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 199
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
STRAINERS STRAINERS
PN25 PN16

Fig. 1807 Fig. 1807C


DZR Strainer Ball Valve IV STR DZR Strainer Ball Valve IV STR

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Component Material Specification Integral ball valve for quick and easy isolation Component Material Specification
Robust construction for long life BS EN ASTM
Dezincification resistant body material BS EN ASTM
Handle Aluminium - prevents corrosion and fungal growth Handle Aluminium -
Stem DZR Copper Streamlined flow contours minimise Stem DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Alloy 12164 CW602N
pressure drop Stem Seal EPDM -
Stem Seal EPDM -
Perforated stainless steel screen Gland Seals Virgin PTFE -
Gland Seals Virgin PTFE -
Ball DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Ball DZR Copper Alloy 12164 CW602N
Hard chrome plated
Hard chrome plated
Seat Rings Virgin PTFE -
Seat Rings Virgin PTFE -
Body DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Body DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Screen Stainless Steel - AISI 304
Screen Stainless Steel - AISI 304
Cap Gasket Asbestos Free -
Cap Gasket Asbestos Free -
Cap DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Cap DZR Copper Alloy 12165 CW602N
Compression Ring Brass -
Compression Nut Brass 12165 CW617N B124 C37700

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ OPTIONAL FEATURES DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Lever.
TEMPERATURE RATING DZR body.
E PN25 - 1/2 to 1" sizes Extension stem.
PN16 Blow-out proof stem.
25 bar 0 to 20C Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve. E
5 bar at 120C Hard chrome plated ball.
7 bar at 120C Virgin PTFE seats.
6 bar at 110C
D T-Handle operated.
TEST PRESSURES D
10 bar at 65C
16 bar at -10 to 30C 0.8mm diameter perforated 304
25 bar pneumatic
stainless steel screen.
TEST PRESSURES Drain plug.
SPECIFICATION Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2.
C 25 bar pneumatic
DZR body. C Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
Blow-out proof stem. WRAS Approved Product.
B Hard chrome plated ball. OPTIONAL FEATURES
28 B
Virgin PTFE seats. Lever 18
A
A Extension stem
T-Handle operated. 24 16
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
1 /2

14
stainless steel screen. 20
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
"t

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


o1

Drain plug. 12
Pressure bar

"

16

Pressure bar
Si

Nom Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1) Nom


ze

1/2 3/4 formerly BS 21. Size mm 15 22 28 10


Size in 1
s

A mm 110 129 151 12 A mm 137 159 175 8


B mm 31 35 42 B mm 45 50 53
6
C mm 48 60 59 8 C mm 48 60 59
D mm 38 46 50 D mm 38 46 50 4
E mm 47 56 56 4 E mm 47 56 56
2
1/4 1/4 1/4 Drain Plug BSP 1/4 1/4 1/4
Drain plug BSP
0 Weight kg 0.6 0.9 1.3 0
Weight kg 0.54 0.80 1.23 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

200 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 201
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
STRAINERS STRAINERS
PN16 PN25

Fig. 820 & 920 DN50-DN400 Fig. 811 & 911


Fig. 810 & 910 DN450-DN600 STR Ductile Iron Y-Type STR

Y-Type Strainers
FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
High strength ductile iron construction Component Material Specification
FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Streamlined flow contours minimise BS EN ASTM
Helps to protect the system by trapping
No. Part Material pressure drop Body Ductile Iron 1561 EN JS1050
foreign matter
1 Body Cast Iron BSEN-GJL-250 Asbestos-free non-stick gasket Cover Ductile Iron 1561 EN JS1050
Drain plug in cap as standard
2 Screen Stainless Steel 304 Suitable for saturated steam service Screen Stainless Steel SS 304 AISI 304
Stainless steel screen
3 Stud Carbon Steel Comprehensive flow characteristics available Gasket Teflon/Graphite -
Test points can be fitted for system
4 Nut Carbon Steel Plug Ductile Iron 1561 EN JS1050
diagnostics
5 Washer Carbon Steel
ANSI versions are also available to
6 Plug Malleable Iron BSEN-GLS-500-7 PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
Class 125 - Fig. 820ANSI & Fig. 920ANSI
7 Cover Cast Iron BSEN-GJL-250
TEMPERATURE RATING Bolted cover.
8 Gasket Graphite +08F Plate Figure 911 supplied complete with two
PN25
9 Body Plug Malleable Iron BSEN-GJS-500-7 21.5 bar at 220C Figure 631 test points.
25 bar from -10 to 120C All other sizes flanged to BS EN 1092-2
PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION Note: 911 restricted to 180C PN25.
TEMPERATURE RATING Bolted cover.
13 bar at 220C Figure 910 & 920 supplied complete TEST PRESSURES
16 bar from -10 to 120C with two Figure 631 test points. (HYDRAULIC)
Note: 910 restricted to 135C Flanges to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Shell: 37.5 bar

TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar

A
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

C
B C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS Nom
18 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Size A B R2 Mesh C Weight Kv Screen Hole Free Flow
(mm) (mm) (inches) Hole (mm) (kg) Diameter (mm) Area (%) 16 A mm 230 273 295 352 416 470 573 660 770
DN50 230 152 1 1.5 234.5 10 48 1.5 32 14
B mm 146 174 198 232 285 305 401 473 554
DN65 290 186.5 1 1.5 249 15 77 1.5 32 C mm 178 216 248 300 373 450 621 703 834
12 1/2
DN80 310 203 1 1.5 303 19 121 1.5 32 Cover Plug mm 1 1 1 11/4 11/2 11/2 2 2
Pressure bar

DN100 350 246 1 1.5 356 27.5 172 1.5 32 10 Weight kg 10.5 14.9 19.2 32.4 48 64.5 106 175 251
DN125 400 287 11/4 1.5 412 41 241 1.5 32 8 Flow kv 59 93 136 229 363 499 817 1361 1928
m

DN150 480 325 11/2 1.5 467.5 56 290 1.5 32


Stea

6
DN200 600 405 11/2 1.5 575 98 591 1.5 32 SCREEN DATA
ted
tura

4
DN250 730 496 2 1.5 698.5 163 751 1.5 32 Nom
Sa

DN300 850 575 2 1.5 805 241 1355 1.5 32 2 Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
DN350 980 660 2 3 920 342 2025 3.0 40 0 Hole Dia mm 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
DN400 1100 729 2 3 1019 420 2811 3.0 40 0 40 80 120 160 200 240
Free Flow Area/cm2 % 33 33 33 40 40 40 40 40 40
Temperature C

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

202 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 203
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
STRAINERS STRAINERS
PN32 PN25

Fig. 807 Fig. 907


Bronze Y-Type Bronze Y-Type

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Eliminate the problems caused by foreign Part Material Specification Eliminate the problems caused by foreign Component Material Specification
matter within piping systems BS EN matter within piping systems BS EN
Perforated stainless steel screen with Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K Perforated stainless steel screen with robust Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
robust design, low flow resistance and Cap Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K design, low flow resistance and high quality Cap Bronze BS EN 1982 CC491K
high quality materials Strainer Mesh Stainless Steel Type 304 materials Strainer Mesh Stainless Steel Type 304
WRAS approved for use on hot and cold Gasket Klingersil C4430 WRAS approved for use on hot and cold water Gasket Klingersil C4430
water systems up to 85C ID Plate Anodised Aluminium systems up to 85C ID Plate Anodised Aluminium
0.75mm screen perforations 0.75mm screen perforations Test Point (Fig.631) DZR Brass BS EN 12165 CW602N
Supplied with two fig. 631 test points to
measure the pressure drop across the strainer

PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


TEMPERATURE RATING Strainers fitted with stainless steel perforated TEMPERATURE RATING Strainers fitted with stainless steel
32 bar from -10 to 200C strainer element with 0.75mm diameter holes. 25 bar from -10 to 120C perforated strainer element with 0.75mm
Screens fitted into Hattersley Strainers conform diameter holes.
END CONNECTION to the high standards of materials and Screens fitted into Hattersley Strainers
END CONNECTION conform to the high standards of materials
UK: TAPER THREADED TO BS EN 10226-2 workmanship associated with all Hattersley
UK: TAPER THREADED TO BS EN 10226-2
products. This strainer is not suitable for use on and workmanship associated with all
US: ANSI B1.20.1 US: ANSI B1.20.1 Hattersley products.
group 1 gases, group 2 gases or unstable
This strainer is not suitable for use on
fluids, as defined by the Pressure Equipment
group 1 gases, group 2 gases or unstable
Directive 97/23/EC.
fluids, as defined by the Pressure
Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


Size A B C D E F G H Weight DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
1/2
Size A B C D E F G H Weight
71 29 42 49 63 27 35 144 0.27
(in) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
3/4 86 35 51 60 77 33 44 176 0.44 1/2 71 29 42 49 100 27 35 144 0.27
1 101 45 55 67 90 42 54 202 0.78 3/4 86 35 51 60 114 33 44 176 0.44
11/4 134 54 80 93 120 50 63 294 1.30
1 101 45 55 67 127 42 54 202 0.78
11/2 148 63 87 103 134 58 73 322 1.81
11/4 134 54 80 93 157 50 63 294 1.30
2 176 77 98 119 157 71 93 367 3.10
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 11/2 148 63 87 103 171 58 73 322 1.81
2 176 77 97 119 194 71 93 367 3.10 DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
Temperature C -10 to 100 130 150 180 200 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
Pressure (bar) 32 26.5 22.8 17.4 14 Temperature C -10 to 100 110 120
Pressure bar 25 23.4 21.8
Intermediate pressure ratings shall be
determined by interpolation

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
1213_v4

1213_v4

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

204 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 205
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE

Public Health Range

The Hattersley Public Health range consists of a


number of WRAS Approved valves specifically
designed for the control of hot water systems.
Thermal disinfection raises water temperatures to a
level at which Legionella will not survive. This can be
carried out by raising the temperature of the whole
contents of the calorifier to 70C then circulating the
water throughout the system for at least an hour.
To be effective, the temperature at the calorifier should
be high enough to ensure that the temperature at the
taps and appliances does not fall below 60C.
The range consists of valves which offer
self-balancing, thermostatically controlled regulation of
flow and thermal disinfection assisting with protection
against Legionella. These systems are complemented
by Thermostatic Mixing Valves which blend hot water
(stored at temperatures high enough to kill bacteria)
with cold, to ensure constant and safe outlet
temperatures to prevent scalding.
These systems are ideal for a range of projects
including healthcare, schools, workplace
and domestic environments.

Project: Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham


Sector: Hospitals & Healthcare
Contractor: Balfour Beatty
Distributor: BSS Smethwick Fig. 2900
Specification: Hattersley Thermal Balancing Valves.

206 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 207
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN16 PN16

Fig. 108C Fig. 249 & 249C Brass - Single & Double Check
Service Ball Valve IV (Fig. 249C Chromium Plated) Check Valves NRV

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Light, compact and easy to install and operate Component Material WRAS Approved for use with potable water Component Material Specification
WRAS Approved for use on wholesome Compression ends for use with half hard BS EN
(potable) water Screw Steel Dacromet Plated R250 copper pipe Body DZR Brass 12165 CW602N
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use Handle Nylon (Ral 9017) Single, double and chromium plated
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube Stem DZR Brass Chromium Plated
options available
Part of Hattersleys extensive public health range
O-Ring EPDM WRAS Approved
Chrome plated finish
Nut DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
Handle can be removed to allow for
Olive Brass CW507L
screwdriver operation
Body DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
PTFE Seat PTFE WRAS Approved
Ball DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated
Seat Retainer DZR Brass CW602N Chromium Plated

Temperature C -10 to 30 65 110 120

Pressure bar 16 10 6 5

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION


L2
TEMPERATURE RATING TEMPERATURE RATING Fig. 249
16 bar from -10 to 30C 16 bar from -10 to 85C Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm
5 bar at 120C Fig. 249C
TEST PRESSURES Double Check chromium plated - 15mm

C
OPERATOR
H Handle (The handle can be removed to (HYDRAULIC) Manufactured to BS 6282.

E
allow for screwdriver operation). Shell: 24 bar WRAS Approved PN16 85C.
Seat: 17.6 bar
Application: Water.
SPECIFICATION B B
BORE

End Connection: Compression.


SIZE

Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use


Back Flow Prevention Device category:
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube. A
WRAS Approved product. Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply.
D Contamination Risks (water fittings)
L1 L1 18 Regulations 1999.
Fig. 249 & 249C Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply.
16
L Contamination Risks (water fittings)
14 Regulations 1999.
12
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Pressure bar

10
Nom Nom mm 15 22 28 15
Size mm DN15 DN22 8 Size Fig. 249 Fig. 249 Fig. 249 Fig. 249C
Bore mm 8 14 A mm 61.4 74.6 88.6 61.4
6
L mm 42 53 B mm 9.5 10.5 12.5 9.5
L1 mm 11 13 4 C mm 15.2 22.2 28.25 15.2
L2 mm 23 23 2
D mm 78.5 91.4 106.3 78.5
H mm 29 34 E mm 24.5 27.5 30.5 24.5
Weight g 123 260 0 Weight (approx) kg 0.116 0.212 0.360 0.116
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature C
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

208 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 209
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN16 PN16

Fig. 761 Fig. 416 New


Non-Return Valve NRV Pressure Reducing Valve

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FEATURES & BENEFITS


Spring loaded axially guided disc Component Material Specification PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water supplies
Positive non-slam shut-off BS EN ASTM to match site requirements
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 Body Ductile Iron 1563 EN-JS1030 A536-65-45-12 Simple to install
Resilient seat located in body Plunger DN50-150 Bronze Features an integral strainer preventing debris from affecting
WRAS Approved Plunger DN200-400 Cast Iron 1561 EN-JLI030 A126 CI B valve performance
Seat Retaining Ring Steel - - Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and
Xylan Coated downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of strainer
Seat Nitrile - Manufactured generally in accordance with BS EN 1567
Guide Bronze - Easy access for measuring the outlet pressure
Spring Stainless Steel 10270 X10CrNr18-8 A276-304
Includes male union tail-pieces, plugs for bosses
and gaskets for temperature gauge
Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve PRESSURE GAUGE
and should be ordered separately Pressure gauge used
WRAS Approved to measure outlet
pressure; available with
axial or vertical G 1/4"
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION threaded connection
Component Material Specification

Body Bronze CC499K


Internal Parts Bronze CC499K DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Brass CW614N
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING PRESSURE/ SPECIFICATION
Stainless Steel SS316
TEMPERATURE RATING Spring Loaded axially guided disc.
Spring Spring Steel -
16 bar from -10 to 85C Resilient Seat located in body.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16. Strainer Stainless Steel SS304
TEST PRESSURES WRAS Approved.
Shell: 24 bar DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Seat: 17.6 bar

H
L I H h R Weight
Size mm mm mm mm in kg
1/2" 142 80 102 33 1/2" 1.2
D
3/4" 158 90 102 33 3/4" 1.3
1" 180 100 130 45 1" 2.4

DN
R
11/4" 193 105 130 45 11/4" 2.6
11/2" 11/2"

h
18 226 130 165 70 5.5
16
2" 252 140 165 70 2" 6
A
l
14 MAX FLOW L
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS 12 Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Pressure bar

Nom 10 Max. Capacity 1.96 2.52 4.48 5.04 8.4 9.8


Size mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 (l/sec)
8
A mm 120 119 130 155 200 230 280 344
D mm 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405 6
Weight kg 5 7 9 13 21 28 47 83 4
PRESSURE RATING PN16 MEDIUM Water Only CONNECTIONS Male tapered BS EN 10226-2
Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices 2
conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide. OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE 1-8 bar PRE SET OUTLET PRESSURE 3 bar
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 MAX TEMPERATURE 80C DESIGN STANDARD BS EN 1567 APPROVALS WRAS DVGW PED 97/23/EC
Temperature C
MESH SIZE 1/2" - 11/4" - 0.60mm 11/2" - 2" - 0.75mm

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

210 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 211
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN25

Fig. 425 New


Pressure Reducing Valve

FEATURES & BENEFITS


PRVs enable control of pressure from boosted cold water
supplies to match site requirements
Simple to install
Features an integral strainer preventing debris from affecting
valve performance
Recommend that isolation valves are fitted upstream and
downstream of the valve to enable isolation for cleaning of strainer
Manufactured generally in accordance with BS EN 1567
Easy access for measuring the outlet pressure
Includes male union tail-pieces, plugs for bosses and gaskets
for temperature gauge
Pressure gauge is required for each installed valve PRESSURE GAUGE
and should be ordered separately Pressure gauge used
WRAS Approved to measure outlet
pressure; available with
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION axial or vertical G 1/4"
Component Material Specification threaded connection

Body Bronze CC499K


Internal Parts Bronze CC499K
Brass CW614N DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Stainless Steel SS316
Spring Spring Steel -
Strainer Stainless Steel SS304

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS


L I H h R Weight
H

Size mm mm mm mm in kg
1/2" 142 80 102 33 1/2" 1.2
3/4" 158 90 102 33 3/4" 1.3
1" 180 100 130 45 1" 2.4
11/4" 11/4"
DN

193 105 130 45 2.6


R

11/2" 226 130 165 70 11/2" 5.5


h

2" 252 140 165 70 2" 6

MAX FLOW l
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Max. Capacity L
1.96 2.52 4.48 5.04 8.4 9.8
(l/sec)

PRESSURE RATING PN25 MEDIUM Water Only CONNECTIONS Male tapered BS EN 10226-2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE 1-8 bar PRE SET OUTLET PRESSURE 3 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE 80C DESIGN STANDARD General conformity to BS EN 1567 APPROVALS WRAS PED 97/23/EC
MESH SIZE 1/2" - 11/4" - 0.60mm 11/2" - 2" - 0.75mm

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0913_v4

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

212 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790


E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN16 PN16

The Facts
In Europe it is believed 6,000 cases of Legionnaires disease are
diagnosed every year, while in 2010 more than 350 cases were identified
in the UK with approximately 10% of these resulting in fatalities.*
Thermal Circulation Valve

Thermal THERMOMETER
ACCESS POINT
For easy recording

Circulation ADJUSTABLE
of temperature levels

Valves
TEMPERATURE
SETTINGS 50-65C
Factory pre-setting 57C
(54-60C recommended
settings)
High Risk So How Does Thermal Disinfection Work
Areas of high risk due to the generation of aerosol droplets of The key is to keep water hot. Thermal disinfection raises
water suspended in air include cooling towers, domestic hot water temperature to a level at which Legionella will not
water services (DHWS), showers, taps and whirlpool spa baths. survive. This can be carried out by raising the
Legionella is also found in untreated surface waters, is not temperature of the whole contents of the calorifier to
always removed by conventional water treatment processes 70C then circulating this water throughout the system
and can easily colonise environments such as hot and cold for at least an hour.
water distribution systems. In these systems Legionella is To be effective, the temperature at the calorifier should
able to flourish at temperatures between 20C and 45C, be high enough to ensure that the temperature at the
especially where dirt, scale or biofilms are present. taps and appliances does not fall below 60C.
The bacteria can survive under a wide variety of
environmental conditions. The organisms are dormant The Core Range
below 20C and will not survive above 60C, but grow most Hattersley TCVs are available in DN15 low flow and FEMALE ENDED
prolifically at about 37C. DN15 & DN20 standard flow sizes. THREADS
To facilitate easy
Legal Considerations Key Features & Benefits installation
Legal requirement for designers and installers of DHWS to Ideal for DHWS to help protect against Legionella.
consider the risks of Legionella are to be found in the Provides self-balancing, thermostatically controlled
Health & Safety at Work Act (HSWA) 1974 and Control of regulation of flow and disinfection.
Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations (COSHH) 1999. Thermal disinfection at temperatures above 70C.
In addition, L8- HSE ACOP (Approved Code of Practice and Thermal balancing reduces commissioning time
Guidance) gives practical advice on the requirements of and hence cost.
HSWA & COSHH. L8 has a special legal status and following
Schedule and selection service available.
L8 guidelines demonstrates compliance with the law.
Compact unit comprising isolation valve with
thermometer access point.
*Health Protection Report Vol. 6 No. 9, March 2012
Incorporates a settable temperature sensing
cartridge, factory pre-set at a standard 57C.
Easily verifiable temperatures by thermometer BRONZE BODY INTEGRAL
ISOLATION VALVE
(available as an accessory). Robust
construction Removes the need for
Valve opens automatically during disinfection.
additional isolation valve
Has an accuracy of +/- 2C.
WRAS Approved.
0813_v3

0813_v3

214 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 215
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN16 PN16

Fig. 2900 & 2910 New Fig. 2900 & 2910 New The charts on this page show
performance characteristics of each
Thermal Circulation Valves Thermal Circulation Valves valve size at various temperatures.

PERFORMANCE & FLOW CHARTS


FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION At initial installation and start up, and with system temperature below the valve set point of 57C, the valves are fully open
Ideal for domestic hot water systems to assist allowing a higher flow rate through the valves
No. Component Material Specification
with protection against Legionella As the system temperature increases, the valve will partially close until it reaches the set point of 57C. At this temperature
Provides self-balancing, thermostatically the valve will remain static and slightly open to allow a continuous flow of fluid. This is critical to avoid dead-legs with
1 Body Bronze BS EN 1982 CC49IK
controlled regulation of flow and disinfection stagnant water in the system
2 Protective Cap (Removable) Polypropylene -
Thermal disinfection at temperatures Thermal disinfection is best achieved at higher temperatures and fully effective at 70C. Our valves have been designed
3 Temperature Nylon 6 -
above 70C Adjusting Cap - TU such that the flow through the valves increases during the disinfection process
Compact unit comprising isolation valve with 4 Bonnet and DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N Graphs show the relationship between flow rate (l/s) and differential pressure (kPa) for the 3 operating positions of the
thermometer access point Associated Parts - TU TCV. As the TCV responds to a change in water temperature the flow coefficient (Kv) changes. The differential pressure
Incorporates a settable temperature sensing
5 Handwheel - Nylon 6 - created by an individual flow rate can be read off the graph using the relevant temperature line
Isolation Unit (IU)
cartridge, factory pre-set at a standard 57C
6 Bonnet - IU DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N DN15 LOW FLOW DN15 STANDARD FLOW
Has an accuracy of +/- 2C at set temperature
INT Stem - Thermal Unit (TU) Stainless Steel SS EN10088-3 1.4305 Set Position 57C Set Position 57C
WRAS Approved INT Body Seat - TU DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
0.4 Kv: <52 C 1.3 Kv: <52 C
INT Plug - TU DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
0.1 Kv: >70 C 0.2 Kv: >70 C
INT Bush - TU DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
0.05 Kv: 57 C - 62 C 0.1 Kv: 57 C - 62 C
INT O-Ring Seals - TU EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved 100 100
INT Stem - IU DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT Body Seat - IU PTFE WRAS Approved

Differential Pressure (kPa)

Differential Pressure (kPa)


INT Stem Seat Retainer - IU DZR Brass BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT O-Ring Seals - IU EPDM Rubber WRAS Approved 10

TU - Thermal Unit 10
IU - Isolation Unit
1

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
W ANTI-TAMPER PROOF TAG. 0.1 1
FOR SECURING CAP (ITEM 2) 0.0001 0.0010 0.0100 0.1000 1.0000 0.001 0.010 0.100 1.000
3 TO BODY (ITEM 1) Flow Rate l/s Flow Rate l/s
ACCESS POINT FOR A
2 TEMPERATURE GAUGE* DN20 STANDARD FLOW THERMAL REGULATION
Set Position 57C RESPONSE*
4 5
PRESSURE/
H

1.6 Kv: <52 C


TEMPERATURE RATING
0.3 Kv: >70 C
1 6 PN16
0.2 Kv: 57 C - 62 C
Max Temperature 90C
100
OPERATION
When the set point is preset to 57C, the valve

Differential Pressure (kPa)


VIEW WITH PROTECTION CAP remains completely open up to a valve
(ITEM 2) REMOVED
L temperature of 52C. Between 52C and the set
point of 57C, the valve starts to close. When
the set point temperature has been reached, a 10

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS minimum volume flow is continously flowing


through the circulation system. If the storage
Nom Fig. No Flow L H W Female End Connections Weight temperature is further increased to
Size (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg)
temperatures greater than 70C to effect
DN15* 2910 Low Flow 114 80 37 Pipe Thread EN 10226 Rc 1/2" 0.76 disinfection, the valve increases the flow.
DN15* 2900 Standard 114 80 37 Pipe Thread EN 10226 Rc 1/2" 0.76
DN20* 2900 Standard 126 80 37 Pipe Thread EN 10226 Rc 3/4" 0.88
SPECIFICATION 1
0.001 0.010 0.100 1.000 *The performance chart above indicates the shift in thermal
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226-2
*Thermometer fits all sizes. Available on request Flow Rate l/s reaction when the temperature set point of 57C is altered.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

216 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 217
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN16 PN10

Fig. 2900 & 2910 New Fig. 77


Thermal Circulation Valves Thermostatic Mixing Valve

SELECTION & INSTALLATION GUIDE FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION


Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant, Component Material
controlled safe outlet temperature
Hattersley have developed a dedicated FIG. 2 - CIRCUIT REFERENCE Fulfils the duty of care requirements O-Ring EPDM Rubber
computer program to correctly size the
against scalding 1.5 Strainer Stainless Steel 304
valves proportioning the heat loss
Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace Reduction Union DZR Brass CW602N
throughout the circuits, based on a heat and domestic environments Element Vernet 0304
loss calculation. The program produces Flat face union ensures easy removal Spring Stainless Steel 304
a complete schedule indicating circuit for maintenance Top DZR Brass CW602N
reference, Hattersley figure numbers Integral strainers and check valves Valve Body DZR Brass CW602N
and flow rates (Fig. 1). Customers Tamper proof adjustment
drawings are then marked up showing
WRAS Approved
circuit reference making it easier to
order and install correctly (Fig. 2). Circuit 20 Circuit 21
Circuit 32

Circuit 23 Circuit 24
Thermal Circulation Valves are located
in the DHWS return pipework (Fig. 3).

Circuit 31
Circuit 25

Circuit 30
Circuit 27

Circuit 26 Circuit 28 Circuit 29


DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FACTORY SETTING Kv
38C 1.26
A
A

FIG. 1 - SCHEDULE FIG. 3 - RETURN PIPEWORK


B
B TEMPERATURE MINIMUM FLOW
SETTING RANGE PRESSURE
Circuit Valve Flowrate: l/s 35-46C
Ref 0.2 bar

23 Fig. 2910/15 0.005 MINIMUM HOT TO MIX


HOT D
D COLD TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATION
24 Fig. 2910/15 0.005
10C Pressure Rating: PN10.
25 Fig. 2910/15 0.005 Operator: Lockshield.
C
C

26 Fig. 2900/15 0.015 TEMPERATURE Figure 77 has been independently tested


and certified as meeting the requirements
27 Fig. 2900/15 0.015 STABILITY of the D08 specification under the TMV 3
2C scheme.
28 Fig. 2900/15 0.016 MIXED OUTLET
Hattersley products are designed for
29 Fig. 2900/15 0.015 MAXIMUM WORKING installation and use within suitably
30 Fig. 2900/15 0.015 DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS PRESSURE designed systems reflecting CIBSE,
10 bar BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.
31 Fig. 2900/15 0.015 Nom
Size mm 15 22
32 Fig. 2900/15 0.016
A mm 122 145
B mm 58 58
C mm 55 70
D mm 102 117
Weight kg 0.6 0.8

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

218 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 219
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
PN10

Fig. 78
Thermostatic Mixing Valve

FEATURES & BENEFITS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION


Blends hot and cold water to ensure constant, Component Material
controlled safe outlet temperature
Fulfils the duty of care requirements O-Ring EPDM Rubber
against scalding 1.5 Strainer Stainless Steel 304
Ideal for healthcare, schools, workplace Reduction Union DZR Brass CW602N
and domestic environments Element Vernet 0304
Flat face union ensures easy removal Spring Stainless Steel 304
for maintenance Top DZR Brass CW602N
Integral strainers and check valves Valve Body DZR Brass CW602N
Tamper proof adjustment Ball DZR Brass CW602N
Includes ball valves for isolation T-Handle Al Alloy
WRAS Approved Ball Seal PTFE

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FACTORY SETTING Kv


38C 1.26
A
A

B
B
TEMPERATURE MINIMUM FLOW
SETTING RANGE PRESSURE
35-46C
0.2 bar
MINIMUM HOT TO MIX
C
C TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATION
10C Pressure Rating: PN10.
Operator: Lockshield.
TEMPERATURE Figure 78 has been independently tested
and certified as meeting the requirements
STABILITY of the D08 specification under the TMV 3
2C scheme.
COLD OUTLET HOT Hattersley products are designed for
MAXIMUM WORKING installation and use within suitably
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS PRESSURE designed systems reflecting CIBSE,
Project: J.P. Morgan, Canary Wharf, London
10 bar BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.
Nom
Size mm 15 22 Sector: Commercial
A mm 200 200 Contractor: Cofely
B mm 128 128

S Shand-Brown
C mm 110 110
Distributor: BSS Brentford
Weight kg 1.1 1.3 Client/Consultant: Canary Wharf Contracts
Specification: Milliken Valves and General Commissioning Valves M2733.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

220 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 221
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Project: Ricoh Arena, Coventry
Sector: Sports
Client: Coventry Football Club
Contractor: Haden Young
Specification: Hattersley Hook-Up and Commissioning Valves
For the past six years, Hattersley Hook-Up units and Commissioning Valves have been heating
and cooling the 32,000 seat Ricoh Arena that is home to Coventry City FC. The site also
comprises an exhibition hall, a hotel, a leisure club, a casino, and one of the UKs largest Tesco
Extra supermarkets.
Throughout the stadium Hook-Up flow management modules, part of Hattersleys extensive range
of Commissioning Valves, are providing heating and air-conditioning.
The units provide precise flow control, flow measurement, system and coil flushing and isolation
capabilities from a single compact and lightweight unit. Built from bronze and
DZR brass they can be used for chilled and heating water systems from -10C to 120C.

222 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 223
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
SAFETY VALVES

Safety Valves
Designed and tested to BS 6769 with third party certified
discharge capacities, NABIC valves are manufactured under the
ISO 9001 quality assurance system. Every valve is tested before
dispatch to ensure that high product quality is maintained.

1. Safe manual
testing
2. Pressure setting
locked and sealed
at factory

3. Easy inspection
& cleaning

7. Diaphragm
protected
working parts
4. High discharge
capacities certified
by AOTC

6. High degree of
seat tightness

Project: The Royal Marsden Hospital


Sector: Hospitals & Healthcare
Distributor: BSS 5. Resilient PTFE
seating design
Contractor: BBESL
S Shand-Brown

Specification: Hook-Ups, General Isolating Valves, Strainers, Non-Return Valves, DPCV,


Commissioning Valves, WRAS Approved Valves.

224 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 225
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com www.nabic.co.uk
SAFETY VALVES SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 542 Safety Relief Valve Fig. 542L Pressure Relief Valve
The Figure 542 Safety Valve is an extremely versatile valve, NABIC Pressure Relief Valves are intended for use
suitable for use on hot water, steam or air. Although where pressure tightness is required on the discharge
designed primarily for the protection of hot water boilers, side of the valve. They are ideal for pump relief, bypass
its wide range of applications makes it an ideal valve for relief, outside installations and inert gases.
stocking as a general purpose safety valve.
Features & Benefits
Features & Benefits Resilient PTFE seating design
Resilient PTFE seating design Approved and certified in High degree of seat tightness
High degree of seat tightness accordance with:
Suitable liquids and gases
Suitable for hot water, steam and air Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC (PED) Top guided working parts
Diaphragm protected working parts Pressure tight on discharge side
BS EN ISO 4126-1
Safe manual testing Flanged inlets available
WRAS
Easy inspection and cleaning Body material - Gunmetal
ISO 9001:2000
Pressure setting locked and sealed Available with Viton seat design
Padlock available Fig. 542
NPT Thread form available on some sizes Fig. 542L
Body material - Gunmetal
Approved and certified in accordance with:
Available with Viton seat design
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
Sizes from DN32 upwards are
available with flanged inlet BS EN ISO 4126-1
connections Dimensional Drawing WRAS
Dimensional Drawing
NPT Thread form available on ISO 9001:2000
some sizes

Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
MAX SET PRESSURE 10.5 bar
MAX SET PRESSURE 10.5 bar
Rp MAX TEMPERATURE 195C Rp
C

C
MAX TEMPERATURE 195C

Dimensions Dimensions
Rp
SIZE Rp A B C D

B
SIZE Rp A B C D
B

DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

1/2

D
15 1/2 30 23 113 - 15 30 23 113 -
D

20 3/4 34 23 118 - 20 3/4 34 23 118 -


Rp A
25 1 39 27 132 - 25 1 39 27 132 -
A
32 11/4 46 33 153 27 32 11/4 46 33 180 27
40 11/2 54 38 198 27 40 11/2 54 38 224 26
50 2 64 46 236 27 50 2 64 46 263 27
65 21/2 76 55 275 28 65 21/2 76 55 303 28
80 3 90 65 335 31 80 3 90 65 366 31

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

226 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 227
www.nabic.co.uk www.nabic.co.uk
SAFETY VALVES SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 500T Combined Pressure and Temperature Relief Valve Fig. 500 High Lift Safety Valve
The Figure 500T Combined Pressure and Temperature This valve has been designed primarily for use on
Relief Valve has been designed for use on unvented hot unvented hot water heating systems, where a high
water supply systems, where protection against excess capacity, emergency steam relief capability is required.
temperature is required in addition to pressure protection. High capacity and resilient PTFE seating, also make it
Pressure and temperature elements of the valve operate ideal for steam, air and inert gas applications.
independently, thereby providing dual safety protection in Features & Benefits
the one valve. Inlet and outlet connections are of equal Resilient PTFE seating design Approved and certified in
size and threaded to BS EN 10226-1 (BS21). High degree of seat tightness accordance with:
Features & Benefits Suitable for hot water, steam and air Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
Resilient Viton soft seating design High discharge capacity
BS EN ISO 4126-1
High discharge capacity Diaphragm protected working parts
WRAS
Powerful thermostat Safe manual testing
ISO 9001:2000
Dual safety protection Easy inspection and cleaning
Diaphragm protected working parts Pressure setting locked and sealed
Fig. 500T Fig. 500
Safe manual testing Padlock available
Easy inspection and cleaning Body material - Gunmetal
Pressure setting locked and sealed Available with Viton seat design
Dimensional Drawing Dimensional Drawing
Body material - Gunmetal Sizes from DN20 upwards are available
with flanged inlet connections
Approved and certified in accordance with:
NPT Thread form available on some sizes
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000 Rp
Pressure/Temperature Ratings

C
Pressure/Temperature Ratings MAX SET PRESSURE 12.5 bar Rp2
C

MAX SET PRESSURE 12.5 bar MAX TEMPERATURE 195C


MAX TEMPERATURE 95C B
Rp1
Dimensions

B
MAX WORKING TEMPERATURE 75C
SIZE Rp1 Rp2 A B C D
Dimensions R D DN BSP BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

D
10 3/8 1/2 26 21 101 -
SIZE R/Rp A B C D
DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 15 1/2 3/4 33 20 120 - A
A 3/4
15 3/4 34 48 230 81 20 1 39 24 134 28
20 1 39 47 240 81 25 1 11/4 45 30 155 30
25 11/4 45 56 260 81 32 11/4 11/2 54 36 201 30
32 11/2 54 62 350 127 40 11/2 2 64 41 241 32
40 2 64 71 400 127 50 2 21/2 76 47 267 36
50 21/2 76 82 430 127 65 21/2 3 90 60 330 36

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

228 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 229
www.nabic.co.uk www.nabic.co.uk
SAFETY VALVES SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 500L Pressure Relief Valve Fig. 500SS & 500ST Pressure Relief Valves
NABIC Pressure Relief Valves are intended for use This version of the Figure 500 has been produced for
where pressure tightness is required on the discharge applications where the properties of stainless steel are
side of the valve. They are ideal for pump relief, bypass required for the service fluid being used but the working
relief, outside installations, and on cold water mains to environment does not necessitate a full stainless steel valve.
protect from PRV failure.
Features & Benefits
Features & Benefits Resilient PTFE seating design Approved and certified in
Resilient PTFE seating design accordance with:
High degree of seat tightness
High degree of seat tightness Pressure Equipment
Easy inspection and cleaning
Suitable for liquids and gases Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
Top guided working parts
Top guided working parts BS EN ISO 4126-1
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Pressure tight on discharge side ISO 9001:2000
Wetted parts - Stainless steel
Flanged inlets available
Body material - Gunmetal
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design Pressure/Temperature Ratings Fig. 500SS
Fig. 500L
NPT Thread form available on some sizes
MAX SET PRESSURE 12.5 bar
Approved and certified in accordance with: MAX TEMPERATURE 195C
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1 Dimensional Drawing Dimensional Drawings
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000

Pressure/Temperature Ratings Rp
Rp

C
MAX SET PRESSURE 12.5 bar

C
MAX TEMPERATURE 195C Rp 2
C

B
B
Dimensions Note: The hygienic
fitting is to BS 4825. D
R
B

SIZE Rp1 Rp2 A B C D


R A
DN BSP BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) A
Dimensions 500SS Dimensions 500ST
3/8 1/2
D

10 26 21 101 - SIZE R/Rp A B C SIZE R/Rp A B C D


1/2 3/4 DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
15 33 20 120 -
3/4 Rp 1 A 15 3/4 34 46 141 15 3/4 34 46 141 50.5
20 1 39 24 162 28
20 1 39 54 159 20 1 39 54 159 50.5
25 1 11/4 45 30 185 30
25 11/4 46 63 183 25 11/4 46 63 183 50.5
32 11/4 11/2 54 36 229 28 32 11/2 54 68 228 64
32 11/2 54 68 228
40 11/2 2 64 41 273 32 40 2 64 81 271 40 2 64 81 271 64
50 2 21/2 76 47 303 36 50 21/2 76 95 315 50 21/2 76 95 315 77.5
65 21/2 3 90 60 366 36 65 3 90 110 380 65 3 90 110 380 91

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

230 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 231
www.nabic.co.uk www.nabic.co.uk
SAFETY VALVES SAFETY VALVES

Fig. 520 Double Spring Safety Valve Fig. 255 Reduced Pressure Zone Anti-Pollution Valves
The Figure 520 High Lift Safety Valve has been approved The RPZ Anti-Pollution valve is a type BA safety device
to BS EN ISO 4126-1. Based on the proven design of used to prevent contamination of drinking water through
Figure 500 Safety Value, the high capacity and resilient siphoning or backflow up to class 4 fluid category. They
PTFE seating make Figure 520 ideal for steam, hot water, are particularly suitable for industrial and commercial
air and inert gas applications. applications and can also be used for supplies to
buildings within the scope of the water regulations.
Features & Benefits
Resilient PTFE seating design Features & Benefits
High degree of seat tightness Manufactured in accordance with EN 1717
Suitable for hot water, steam and air Risk of legionella is reduced as water storage
High discharge capacity is not required
Diaphragm protected working parts Bolted cover is removable and gives unrestricted
access to the internal components
Safe manual testing
A compact version of Figure 255 Anti-Pollution Fig. 255
Easy inspection and cleaning
Fig. 520 Valve is available in two sizes, DN10 and DN15
Pressure setting locked and sealed
Complete with three test sample points for checking
Separate outlets reduce effects of backpressure pressure and a drain water connection
Body material - Gunmetal Dimensional Drawings
Body material - Gunmetal
Available with Viton seat design Dimensional Drawings Check valves - Plastic
Approved and certified in accordance with: Seals - EPDM
Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC (PED) A flanged version is also available
BS EN ISO 4126-1
ISO 9001:2000
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Rp
A

MAX SET PRESSURE 10 bar


Pressure/Temperature Ratings
MAX TEMPERATURE 60C
MAX SET PRESSURE 12.5 bar
MIN WORKING PRESSURE 1 bar
C
B

MAX TEMPERATURE 195C

Dimensions
Dimensions
SIZE UNITS DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
SIZE Rp A B C D CONNECTION d Rp 1/2" Rp 3/4" Rp 1" Rp 11/4" Rp 11/2" Rp 2"
DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
D LENGTH L mm 210 210 216 285 287 297
65 2 350 152 64 175 HEIGHT H1 mm 137 137 137 188 188 188
HEIGHT H2 mm 166 166 166 214 214 214
80 21/2 390 166 76 195 HEIGHT h1 mm 48.5 48.5 48.5 73 73 73
100 3 480 205 90 210 HEIGHT h2 mm 72.5 72.5 72.5 96 96 96
WIDTH D1 mm 103 103 103 148 148 148
DRAIN D2 mm 50 50 50 75 75 75
Kv - VALUE m3/h 3.05 4.90 7.88 16.1 29.5 33.2

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

232 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 233
www.nabic.co.uk www.nabic.co.uk
SAFETY VALVES SAFETY VALVES

(Fig. 256A only)

Fig. 256A & 256B Pipe Interrupter Fig. 503 Three Way Vent Valve
The Figure 256A is classified as a DC type The Figure 503 Three Way Valve has been designed
suitable for protecting up to fluid category for use on vented hot water systems, to ensure there is
5. Incorporating ventilation ports that are a permanent connection from the boiler or calorifier to
totally unrestricted and permanent, water atmosphere. Fitting a Figure 503 allows the use of a
is guided past these air vents using a single common vent pipe, and permits continued
venturi type nozzle. As they are constantly operation of the system whilst maintenance is carried
open to atmosphere, this stops siphonage out on an individual unit.
and allows the escape of water in the
event of backflow. Features & Benefits
The Figure 256B is classified as a DB type Boiler connection permanently open
suitable for protecting up to fluid category Minimum water loss on changeover
4. This device has a moving element which Inline servicing
seals the ventilation gaps during normal Dezincification resistant materials
Fig. 256A Fig. 256B
flow conditions. When negative pressures Cassette construction
occur on the inlet side which could cause Body material - Gunmetal
Fig. 503
siphonage, the membrane retracts seals
the flow ports and simultaneously vents the
outlet side of the pipe interrupter.
Pressure/Temperature Ratings Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional Drawing Features & Benefits Dimensional Drawing
Fig. 256A is WRAS Approved for MAX SET PRESSURE 7 bar
use with potable water
R R MAX TEMPERATURE 93C
A special DN15S version of Fig. 256A
is available for low flow conditions
Body material - Brass
Dimensions
Fig. 256A Venturi nozzle - Plastic
L SIZE Rp A B C D

C
L Fig. 256B Internals - Plastic
DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Fig. 256A & 256B O-Ring seals - EPDM
Fig. 256B Membrane - Silicon rubber 20 3/4 70 38 92 -
25 1 84 48 145 -
32 11/4 98 65 150 - Rp Rp
R R

B
D D 40 11/2 114 72 170 -
50 2 140 78 190 -
Dimensions 256A Dimensions 256B A Rp
63 21/2 170 114 220 180 D
SIZE R L D Kv SIZE R L D Kv
DN BSP DN BSP
10 3/8 83.5 30 0.33 10M 3/8 89 29 0.26
1/2 15M 1/2 89 29 0.26
15S 83 30 0.33
20M 3/4 89 29 0.61
15 1/2 91 43.5 0.9
15F 1/2 82 29 0.26
20 3/4 88 43.5 1.14 3/4
20F 68 29 1.61

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

234 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 235
www.nabic.co.uk www.nabic.co.uk
SAFETY VALVES SAFETY VALVES

(Fig. 568 only)

Fig. 175 Three Way Vent Cock Fig. 568 & 568SS Anti-Vacuum Valves
The Figure 175 Three Way Vent Cock has been Figure 568 Anti-Vacuum Valves are used to protect drying
designed for use on vented hot water systems, to cylinders, calorifiers and tankers from collapse due to internal
ensure there is a permanent connection from the vacuum. They are also used on steam systems, to assist
boiler or calorifier to atmosphere. Fitting a Figure 175 condensate drainage and to prevent suction of contents from
allows the use of a single common vent pipe, and vats. Vacuum valves are normally fitted vertically at the top of
permits continued operation of the system whilst the vessel or pipeline being protected. Horizontal revolving
maintenance is carried out on an individual unit. cylinders however should have a Figure 568 fitted at each
end, diametrically opposite one another.
Features & Benefits
Boiler connection permanently open Features & Benefits
No water loss on changeover PTFE or Viton to metal seating design which provides
Ninety degree operation excellent seat tightness
Dezincification resistant materials Fig. 568 is WRAS Approved for use on potable water Fig. 568
Body material - Gunmetal The strengthened body complete with taper thread
ensures a tight seal between the vessel and valve
Fig. 175
Body material - 568 - Gunmetal
Body material - 568SS - Stainless steel
Pressure/Temperature Ratings Dimensional Drawing
MAX SET PRESSURE 7 bar Air (l/sec)
R C A/F VACUUM
MAX TEMPERATURE 100C
PRESSURE DN15 DN20 DN25 DN32 DN40 DN50
mbar
Dimensions & Weights 250 2 5 10 21 32 52
500 3 9 17 32 53 71
SIZE R A B C WEIGHT Note: To assist selection, reference should be made to BS 853 clause 10.7
DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) B
3/4
Pressure/Temperature Ratings Fig. 568SS
20 95 38 15 1.4
25 1 108 46 18 2.0 MAX SET PRESSURE 13.5 bar

32 11/4 127 59 22 3.2 A MAX TEMPERATURE 195C Dimensional Drawing


40 11/2 146 67 27 4.8
Dimensions
50 2 165 78 38 8.2
SIZE R A B C C A/F
65 21/2 181 89 44 11.3 DN BSP (mm) (mm) (mm)

A
65 - 205 89 44 16 1/2
15 23 35 24
20 3/4 25 36 30
25 1 27 39 36

B
32 11/4 33 43 46
40 11/2 39 53 52
R
50 2 37 57 65

Note: Flow areas available on request.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

236 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 237
www.nabic.co.uk www.nabic.co.uk
PLANT ROOM VALVES

Plant Room Valves


Automatic Air Eliminators and Boiler Vent Valves
With a proven track record for high quality, To complement the AAE, the Univent and Vent
Brownall offers an exclusive range of Automatic Air Cocks are installed to provide a direct connection
Eliminators (AAE) covering low, medium and high from the boiler to the atmosphere. Designed to
pressure applications, complemented by the simplify the venting process, for single or multi
Three-way Vent Valves and Vent Cocks for boilers. point boiler and calorifier installations, the range
Offering efficient performance, the Brownall range offers savings in time and costs. Bronze body parts
removes inevitable and potentially dangerous air enable the range to operate in high-turbulence
trapped in the system. Air Eliminators are suitable aerated hot water, which can be a very corrosive
for use with water, glycol, aviation fuel, diesel and environment.
light oils. All the above make Brownall the number one
Installed at the highest point of the fluid carrying choice with professional building services,
system, the trapped air will enter the float chamber consulting engineers and specifying authorities.
of the air eliminator. This reduces the float
buoyancy and allows air to escape
through the outlet orifice.
1. 6.
Large oat construction Resilient PTFE seat /
to provide maximum Monel needle design
re-seating force which which keeps its shape
reduces the risk of and form to maintain a
leakage and seals at a leak-tight seat
minimum of 0.15 bar

5.
Robust construction and
reliable operation for
industrial environments

2.
Most units are supplied
complete with an
isolating valve which
will easily isolate the
AAE to enable rapid
in-situ servicing

4.
Shell components
manufactured from
material resistant to
stress corrosion cracking
and fungal growth

Project: St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, London


S Shand-Brown

Sector: Hotels 3.
Specification: NABIC Figure 500 High Lift Safety Valves. A range of connections
including BSP screwed
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
and anged
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

238 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 239
www.nabic.co.uk www.brownall.co.uk
PLANT ROOM VALVES PLANT ROOM VALVES

Medium Pressure Hot Water High Pressure Hot Water


Automatic Air Eliminators Applications - MPHW Applications - HPHW

TyPE PART NO. DETAILS

Type A AE-A Vertical Inlet. Available Special Order A

Type B AE-B Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve


A
Type C AE-C Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve & Check Valve B
B
Type D AE-D Side Inlet Available Special Order
Type MPHW AE-MPHW-015 Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve C

Type HPHW AE-HPHW-F BST'F' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve
Type HPHW AE-HPHW-H BST'H' Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve
Type HPHW AE-HPHW-16 PN16 Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve Type A B C Weight Type A B Weight
kg kg
Type HPHW AE-HPHW-150 Class 150 vertical inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve
MPHW 108 43 41 2.4 BST F 152 83 3.85
BST H 152 83 3.85
PN16 152 83 3.85
Technical Data Class 150 152 83 3.85
Standard Pressure Applications - Type A, B, C and D Connections Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004
Rp 1/2 (Female) Technical Data
Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 Connections: Inlet: BS 10:2009 Table F or H 1/2 (Flanged)
G 3/8 (Male) Can be supplied drilled to PN16 or
Type A B C Weight
Pressure Rating Up to 7 bar (100 Ibf/in2) Ansi Class 150
kg
Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male)
A 102 43 35 1.25 Temp Rating Up to 149C (300F)
Pressure Rating HPHW/F 10.5 bar (150 ibf/in2)
B 102 43 35 1.28 Recommended Min. HPHW/H 17 bar (250 ibf/in2)
A C 108 43 35 1.28 Working Pressure 0.15bar (5ft eective head) Temp Rating HPHW/F 182C (360F)
HPHW/H 204C (400F)
Materials of Construction Recommended Min.
Technical Data Body and Dome Bronze (Gunmetal) Working Pressure 0.15bar (5ft eective head)
Connections Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp 1/2 (Female) Spindle and Seating Stainless Steel Materials of Construction
Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003 G 3/8 (Male) Valve Monel
C Body and Dome Bronze (Gunmetal)
Pressure Rating Up to 10 bar (150 Ibf/in2) Float Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed Spindle and Seating Stainless Steel
Non-Shock
Valve Monel
B Temp Rating Up to 93C (200F)
Float Nickel Alloy, Silver Brazed
Recommended Min.
Working Pressure 0.15bar (5ft eective head)
Service Kits (Float Assembly)
Types A, B (AE-SP-ABD) & C (AE-SP-C)
Materials of Construction
Body and Dome Bronze (Gunmetal) Types B and C Automatic Air Eliminators are manufactured with in-built isolating
Spindle and Seating Stainless Steel valves which, when closed, allow the dome to be removed and the oat assembly
replaced, allowing rapid in-situ servicing.
Valve PTFE Needle
Type A and D require an additional isolating valve on the inlet, to isolate it from the
Float Stainless Steel
system prior to removing the oat assembly.
AE-SP-BC isolator kit available for types B & C air eliminators. AE-SP-MPHW Service
kit is available for types MHPW and HPHW air eliminators.
Service kits comprise of a oat assembly (inc. needle and spindle), seat, washer
and retaining screws.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

240 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 241
www.brownall.co.uk www.brownall.co.uk
PLANT ROOM VALVES PLANT ROOM VALVES

Fig. 1688 Fig. 1988


Three-way Univent Three-way Vent Cocks
Figure 1688, Three-way Univent is designed for use on Figure 1988 is resistant to stress corrosion cracking and used
vented hot water systems to ensure that there is on single, multi-boiler or calorier installations. Fitting a
always a direct connection from the boiler/ calorier Three-way Vent Cock ensures a constant connection from the
to the atmosphere. Made from body materials boiler or calorier to the atmosphere.
resistant to stress corrosion cracking, it can be used
Levers are available as an optional extra.
for single or multi-boiler installations.
E
In-line servicing, using Univent replacement Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar
cartridges, allows valve maintenance to be carried out
Max temperature: 93C
without disturbing the pipework.
Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female) C
The Univent can be opened and closed using the D Materials
integral hand wheel. To close the drain port and open
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal) B
the vent, turn the handwheel clockwise to its full
Plug: Bronze (Gunmetal)
travel. Turn the handwheel anti-clockwise to open the D
Gland: Bronze (Gunmetal)
drain and close the vent. A Valve Levers
Normal Product A B C D E
C (max) Size Product code
Technical Data size code
Max pressure: 7 bar 25mm (1") VCN-LA-025 90 43 132 45 18 25mm (1") VC-LA-025
Max temperature: 93C 32mm (11/4") VCN-LA-032 122 48 155 56 20 32mm (11/4") VC-LA-032
Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female) 40mm (11/2") VCN-LC-040 143 57 177 68 25 40mm (11/2") VC-LC-040
B
50mm (2") VCN-LC-050 165 66 204 80 36 50mm (2") VC-LC-050
Materials:
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Head: Bronze (Gunmetal)
A
Typical Multi-Boiler System
Nominal Product A B C D Weight
Trim: Brass Size code (max) kg incorporating Brownall Univents/Vent Cocks Fig. 1688/1988
Spindle: Brass bar
25mm (1") UV-1688-025D 96 47 200 89 1.83
Renewable Seat: EPDM 32mm (11/4") UV-1688-032D 118 63 237 102 2.93 The use of screw-down valves for multi-boiler hot rotation of the handwheel opens the drain and
40mm (11/2") UV-1688-040D 144 74 269 127 4.39 water installations can allow the use of a single vent closes the vent.
50mm (2") UV-1688-050D 160 79 283 152 6.10 pipe to serve any number of boilers. No boiler in the Note: The diagram shown is schematic and is not
65mm (21/2") UV-1688-065D 190 115 395 200 14.25
system can be left in an unvented condition intended as a guide to the installation of the vent
irrespective of the selected settings of the valves. valves. It is essential that vent valves are tted in
Univent Replacement Cartridge (Fig. 1688 only) At all times the vent valve ensures a full bore exit accordance with the manufacturer's
from the boiler to atmosphere. recommendations and comply with Health and
Replacement cartridges for the Three-way Univent valve In operation, clockwise turning of the handwheel Safety regulations etc.
allow rapid in-situ servicing. closes the drain and opens the vent. Anti-clockwise AUTO AIR VENT

ISOLATOR VALVE UNIVENT VALVE UNIVENT VALVE UNIVENT VALVE

Size Product code


DRAIN DRAIN DRAIN
PRESSURISATION
25mm (1") UV-SP-1688-025 EXPANSION UNIT
VESSEL
32mm (11/4") UV-SP-1688-032 BOILER BOILER BOILER
MCW
40mm (11/2") UV-SP-1688-040
50mm (2") UV-SP-1688-050
65mm (21/2") UV-SP-1688-065
Please note: Three-way Univents and Three-way Vent Cocks are interchangeable.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
0813_v3

0813_v3

Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice. within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

242 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 Technical Helpline: 01744 458 615 243
www.brownall.co.uk www.brownall.co.uk
FLANGE TABLES

Flange Tables

This information is extracted from the following Notes:


European, British and American standards: 1. Raised joint faces are applicable to
BS EN 1092 Circular flanges for pipes, valves, BS EN 1092-1, BS EN 1092-2, BS10 ANSI
fittings and accessories, PN designated Part 1 table H steel, and classes 150
Steel flanges. to 1500 inclusive.
Part 2 Cast iron flanges. 2. ANSI Class 125 refers to cast iron only.
BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves, 3. ANSI 600, 900, 1500 flange thickness does
and fittings metric series (for copper alloy not include raised face.
flanges only).
4. Dimensions for flanges to BS EN 1092 are
ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron pipe flanges and given in millimetres only. Dimensions for
flanged fittings. ANSI and BS 10 flanges are shown in inches
ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged with the metric equivalent (to nearest whole
fittings. millimetre) in brackets.
ANSI B16.24 Bronze flanges and flanged
fittings BS10 Flanges and bolting for pipes,
valves and fittings.

Nominal Size 15mm (1/2")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of raised of raised of Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes face(3) face(3) raised Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel face(3) Iron Steel Iron
PN6 80 55 4 M10 11 38 40 2 12 (1) - 12 -
PN10 95 65 4 M12 14 46 45 2 14 (1) - 16 14
PN16 95 65 4 M12 14 46 45 2 14 (1) 6 (2) 16 14
PN25 95 65 4 M12 14 46 45 2 16 (1) 8 (2) 16 14
PN40 95 65 4 M12 14 46 45 2 - 9 (2) 16 16
PN64 105 75 4 M12 14 - 45 2 - - 20 -
ANSI
Class 125/150 31/2 (89) 23/8 (60) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - 13/8 (35) 1/16 (2) - 5/16 (8) 7/16 (11) -
Class 300 33/4 (95) 25/8 (67) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - 13/8 (35) 1/16 (2) - 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) -
Class 600 33/4 (95) 25/8 (67) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - 13/8 (35) 1/4 (6) - - 9/16 (14) -
Class 900 43/4 (121) 31/4 (83) 4 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - 13/8 (35) 1/4 (6) - - 7/8 (22) -
Class 1500 43/4 (121) 31/4 (83) 4 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - 13/8 (35) 1/4 (6) - - 7/8 (22) -
BS 10
Table A 33/4 (95) 25/8 (67) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 1/4 (6) - -
Table D 33/4 (95) 25/8 (67) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) -
Table E 33/4 (95) 25/8 (67) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) -
Table F 33/4 (95) 25/8 (67) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) -
Table H 41/2 (114) 31/4 (83) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) - 21/4 (57) 1/16 (2) 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) -
Project: The Sage, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
Sector: Arts (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
Contractor: Hayden Young
Specification: Hattersley Commissioning Valves.

244 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 245
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FLANGE TABLES FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 20mm (3/4") Nominal Size 32mm (11/4")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of raised of raised of Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes face(3) face(3) raised Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel face(3) Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN6 90 65 4 M10 11 48 50 2 14 (1) - 14 - PN 6 120 90 4 M12 14 14 69 70 3 2 16 (1) - 14 -
PN10 105 75 4 M12 14 56 58 2 16 (1) - 18 16 PN10 140 100 4 M16 19 18 76 78 3 2 18 (1) - 18 18
PN16 105 75 4 M12 14 56 58 2 16 (1) 6 (2) 18 16 PN16 140 100 4 M16 19 18 76 78 3 2 18 (1) 8 (2) 18 18
PN25 105 75 4 M12 14 56 58 2 18 (1) 8 (2) 18 16 PN25 140 100 4 M16 19 18 76 78 3 2 20 (1) 9 (2) 18 18
PN40 105 75 4 M12 14 56 58 2 - 9 (2) 18 18 PN40 140 100 4 M16 19 18 76 78 3 2 - 11 (2) 18 20
PN64 130 90 4 M16 18 - 58 2 - - 22 - PN64 155 110 4 M20 - 22 - 78 - 2 - - 26 -
PN100 130 90 4 M16 18 - 58 2 - - 22 - PN100 155 110 4 M20 - 22 - 78 - 2 - - 26 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 37/8 (98) 23/4 (70) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - 111/16 (43) 1/16 (2) - 11/32 (9) 9/16 (14) - Class 125/150 45/8 (117) 31/2 (89) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) - 21/2 (64) - 1/16 (2) 1/2 (13) 13/32 (10) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16)

Class 300 45/8 (117) 31/4 (83) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) - 111/16 (43) 1/16 (2) - 17/32 (13) 5/8 (16) - Class 300 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 5/8 (16) - 3/4 (19) - 21/2 (64) - 1/16 (2) - 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) -
Class 600 45/8 (117) 31/4 (83) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) - 111/16 (43) 1/4 (6) - - 5/8 (16) - Class 600 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 5/8 (16) - 3/4 (19) - 21/2 (64) - 1/4 (6) - - 13/16 (21) -
Class 900 51/8 (130) 31/2 (89) 4 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - 111/16 (43) 1/4 (6) - - 1 (25) - Class 900 61/4 (159) 43/8 (111) 4 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 21/2 (64) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/8 (29) -
Class 1500 51/8 (130) 31/2 (89) 4 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - 111/16 (43) 1/4 (6) - - 1 (25) - Class 1500 61/4 (159) 43/8 (111) 4 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 21/2 (64) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/8 (29) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 4 (102) 27/8 (73) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 1/4 (6) - - Table A 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) - - - - 5/8 (16) 5/16 (8) - -
Table D 4 (102) 27/8 (73) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) - Table D 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) - - - - 5/8 (16) 5/16 (8) 1/2 (13) -
Table E 4 (102) 27/8 (73) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) - Table E 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) - - - - 5/8 (16) 5/16 (8) 1/2 (13) -
Table F 4 (102) 27/8 (73) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - 1/2 (13) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) - Table F 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) -
Table H 41/2 (114) 31/4 (83) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) - 21/4 (57) 1/16 (2) 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) - Table H 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 3 (76) - 1/16 (2) 7/8 (22) 7/16 (11) 11/16 (17) -

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 25mm (1") Nominal Size 40mm (11/2")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN 6 100 75 4 M10 11 58 60 3 2 14 (1) - 14 - PN6 130 100 4 M12 14 14 78 80 3 2 16 (1) - 14 -
PN10 115 85 4 M12 14 65 68 3 2 16 (1) - 18 16 PN10 150 110 4 M16 19 18 84 88 3 2 18 (1) - 18 19
PN16 115 85 4 M12 14 65 68 3 2 16 (1) 8 (2) 18 16 PN16 150 110 4 M16 19 18 84 88 3 2 18 (1) 9 (2) 18 19
PN25 115 85 4 M12 14 65 68 3 2 18 (1) 9 (2) 18 16 PN25 150 110 4 M16 19 18 84 88 3 2 20 (1) 11 (2) 18 19
PN40 115 85 4 M12 14 65 68 3 2 - 11 (2) 18 18 PN40 150 110 4 M16 19 18 84 88 3 2 - 13 (2) 18 19
PN64 140 100 4 M16 18 - 68 - 2 - - 24 - PN64 170 125 4 M20 - 22 - 88 - 2 - - 28 -
PN100 140 100 4 M16 18 - 68 - 2 - - 24 - PN100 170 125 4 M20 - 22 - 88 - 2 - - 28 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 41/4 (114) 31/8 (79) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - 2 (51) - 1/16 (2) 7/16 (11) 3/8 (10) 7/16 (11) 9/10 (14) Class 125/150 5 (127) 37/8 (98) 4 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) - 27/8 (73) - 1/16 (2) 9/16 (14) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17)

Class 300 47/8 (124) 31/2 (89) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) - 2 (51) - 1/16 (2) - 19/32 (15) 11/16 (17) - Class 300 61/8 (156) 41/2 (114) 4 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 27/8 (73) - 1/16 (2) - 11/16 (17) 13/16 (21) -
Class 600 47/8 (124) 31/2 (89) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) - 2 (51) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/16 (17) Class 600 61/8 (156) 41/2 (114) 4 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 27/8 (73) - 1/4 (6) - - 7/8 (22) -
Class 900 57/8 (149) 4 (102) 4 7/8 (22) 1 (25) - 2 (51) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/8 (29) - Class 900 7 (178) 47/8 (124) 4 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 27/8 (73) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/4 (32) -
Class 1500 57/8 (149) 4 (102) 4 7/8 (22) 1 (25) - 2 (51) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/8 (29) - Class 1500 7 (178) 47/8 (124) 4 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 27/8 (73) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/4 (32) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 41/2 (114) 31/4 (83) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16
(14) - - - - 1/2 (13) 5/16 (8) - - Table A 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) - - - - 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) - -
Table D 41/2 (114) 31/4 (83) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16
(14) - - - - 1/2 (13) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) - Table D 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) - - - - 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) -
Table E 41/2 (114) 31/4 (83) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) - - - - 1/2 (13) 5/16 (8) 3/8 (10) - Table E 51/4 (133) 37/8 (98) 4 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) 9/16 (14) - - - - 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) -
Table F 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) - - - - 1/2 (13) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) - Table F 51/2 (140) 41/8 (105) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 5/8 (16) 7/16 (11) 1/2 (13) -
Table H 43/4 (121) 37/16 (87) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) - 21/2 (64) - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) - Table H 51/2 (140) 41/8 (105) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 31/4 (83) - 1/16 (2) 7/8 (22) 1/2 (13) 11/16 (17) -
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
0813_v3

0813_v3

(2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

246 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 247
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FLANGE TABLES FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 50mm (2") Nominal Size 80mm (3")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN 6 140 110 4 M12 14 14 88 90 3 2 16 (1) - 14 - PN 6 190 150 4 M16 19 18 124 128 3 2 18 (1) - 16 -
PN10 165 125 4 M16 19 18 99 102 3 2 20 (1) - 18 19 PN10 200 160 8 M16 19 18 132 138 3 2 22 (1) - 20 19
PN16 165 125 4 M16 19 18 99 102 3 2 20 (1) 11 (2) 18 19 PN16 200 160 8 M16 19 18 132 138 3 2 22 (1) 13 (2) 20 19
PN25 165 125 4 M16 19 18 99 102 3 2 22 (1) 11 (2) 20 19 PN25 200 160 8 M16 19 18 132 138 3 2 26 (1) 14 (2) 24 19
PN40 165 125 4 M16 19 18 99 102 3 2 - 13 (2) 20 19 PN40 200 160 8 M16 19 18 132 138 3 2 - 16 (2) 24 19
PN64 180 135 4 M20 - 22 - 102 - 2 - - 26 - PN64 215 170 8 M20 - 22 - 138 - 2 - - 28 -
PN100 195 145 4 M24 - 26 - 102 - 2 - - 30 - PN100 230 180 8 M24 - 26 - 138 - 2 - - 36 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 6 (152) 43/4 (121) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 35/8 (92) - 1/16 (2) 5/8 (16) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - Class 125/150 71/2 (191) 6 (152) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 5 (127) - 1/16 (2) 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) -
Class 300 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 8 5/8 (16) - 3/4 (19) - 35/8 (92) - 1/16 (2) - 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - Class 300 81/4 (210) 65/8 (168) 8 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 5 (127) - 1/16 (2) - 29/32 (23) 11/8 (29) -
Class 600 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 8 5/8 (16) - 3/4 (19) - 35/8 (92) - 1/4 (6) - - 1 (25) - Class 600 81/4 (210) 65/8 (168) 8 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 5 (127) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/4 (32) -
Class 900 81/2 (216) 61/2 (165) 8 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 35/8 (92) - 1/4 (6) - - 1 1/2 (38) - Class 900 91/2 (241) 71/2 (192) 8 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 5 (127) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/2 (38) -
Class 1500 81/2 (216) 61/2 (165) 8 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 35/8 (92) - 1/4 (6) - - 1 1/2 (38) - Class 1500 101/2 (267) 8 (203) 8 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 5 (127) - 1/4 (6) - - 17/8 (48) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 5/8 (16) 3/8 (10) - - Table A 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 11/16 (17) 1/2 (13) - -
Table D 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 11/16 (17) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (14) - Table D 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) -
Table E 6 (152) 41/2 (114) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (14) - Table E 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 9/16 (14) -
Table F 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 7/16 (11) 5/8 (16) - Table F 8 (203) 61/2 (165) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 9/16 (14) 5/8 (16) -
Table H 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 4 (102) - 1/16 (2) 1 (25) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) - Table H 8 (203) 61/2 (165) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 5 (127) - 1/16 (2) 11/8 (29) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) -
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 65mm (21/2") Nominal Size 100mm (4")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN 6 160 130 4 M12 14 14 108 110 2 3 16 (1) - 14 - PN 6 210 170 4 M16 19 18 144 148 3 2 18 (1) - 16 -
PN 10 185 145 4 (2) M16 19 18 118 122 2 3 20 (1) - 18 19 PN10 220 180 8 M16 19 18 156 158 3 2 24 (1) - 20 19
PN 16 185 145 4 (2) M16 19 18 118 122 2 3 20 (1) 13 18 19 PN16 220 180 8 M16 19 18 156 158 3 2 24 (1) 16 (2) 20 19
PN 25 185 145 8 M16 19 18 118 122 2 3 24 (1) 13 22 19 PN25 235 190 8 M20 23 22 156 162 3 2 28 (1) 17 (2) 24 19
PN 40 185 145 8 M16 19 18 118 122 2 3 - 14 22 19 PN40 235 190 8 M20 23 22 156 162 3 2 - 19 (2) 24 19
PN 64 205 160 8 M20 - 22 - 122 2 - - - 26 - PN64 250 200 8 M24 - 26 - 162 - 2 - - 30 -
PN 100 220 170 8 M24 - 26 - 122 2 - - - 34 - PN100 265 210 8 M27 - 30 - 162 - 2 - - 40 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 7 (178) 51/2 (140) 4 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 41/8 (105) - 1/16 (2) 11/16 (17) 9/16 (14) 11/16 (17) - Class 125/150 9 (229) 71/2 (191) 8 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) - 63/16 (157) - 1/16 (2) 15/16 (24) 11/16 (17) 15/16 (24) -
Class 300 71/2 (191) 57/8 (149) 8 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 41/8 (105) - 1/16 (2) - 13/16 (21) 1 (25) - Class 300 10 (254) 77/8 (200) 8 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 63/16 (157) - 1/16 (2) - 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) -
Class 600 71/2 (191) 57/8 (149) 8 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 41/8 (105) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/8 (29) - Class 600 103/4 (273) 81/2 (216) 8 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 63/16 (157) - 1/4 (6) - - 11/2 (38) -
Class 900 95/8 (244) 71/2 (191) 8 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 41/8 (105) - 1/4 (6) - - 15/8 (41) - Class 900 111/2 (292) 91/4 (235) 8 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 63/16 (157) - 1/4 (6) - - 13/4 (44) -
Class 1500 95/8 (244) 71/2 (191) 8 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 41/8 (105) - 1/4 (6) - - 15/8 (41) - Class 1500 121/4 (311) 91/2 (241) 8 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 63/16 (157) - 1/4 (6) - - 21/8 (54) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 11/16 (17) 7/16 (11) - - Table A 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) - -
Table D 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 11/16 (17) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) - Table D 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) -
Table E 61/2 (165) 5 (127) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 7/16 (11) 9/16 (14) - Table E 81/2 (216) 7 (178) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 7/8 (22) 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) -
Table F 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) - Table F 9 (229) 71/2 (191) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 7/8 (22) 11/16 (17) 3/4 (19) -
Table H 71/4 (184) 53/4 (146) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 41/2 (114) - 1/16 (2) 1 (25) 9/16 (14) 3/4 (19) - Table H 9 (229) 71/2 (191) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - 6 (152) - 1/16 (2) 11/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) -
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(2) Steel flanges in this DN and PN may be supplied with 8 holes. For compliance with these, equivalent cast iron flanges may (3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
0813_v3

0813_v3

be supplied with 8 holes as special order and after agreement between manufacturer and customer
(3) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (4) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

248 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 249
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FLANGE TABLES FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 125mm (5") Nominal Size 200mm (8")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN 6 240 200 8 M16 19 18 174 178 3 2 20 (1) - 18 - PN 6 320 280 8 M16 19 18 254 258 3 2 22 (1) - 20 -
PN10 250 210 8 M16 19 18 184 188 3 2 26 (1) - 22 19 PN10 340 295 8 M20 23 22 266 268 3 2 26 (1) - 24 20
PN16 250 210 8 M16 19 18 184 188 3 2 26 (1) - 22 19 PN16 340 295 12 M20 23 22 266 268 3 2 30 (1) - 24 20
PN25 270 220 8 M24 28 26 184 188 3 2 30 (1) - 26 19 PN25 360 310 12 M24 28 26 274 278 3 2 34 (1) - 30 22
PN40 270 220 8 M24 28 26 184 188 3 2 - - 26 23.5 PN40 375 320 12 M27 31 30 284 285 3 2 - - 34 30
PN64 295 240 8 M27 - 30 - 188 - 2 - - 34 - PN64 415 345 12 M33 - 36 - 285 - 2 - - 42 -
PN100 315 250 8 M30 - 33 - 188 - 2 - - 40 - PN100 430 360 12 M33 - 36 - 285 - 2 - - 52 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 10 (254) 81/2 (216) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 75/16 (186) - 1/16 (2) 5/16 (24) 3/4 (19) 5/16 (24) - Class 125/150 131/2 (343) 113/4 (298) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 105/8 (270) - 1/16 (2) 11/8 (29) 15/16 (24) 11/8 (29) -
Class 300 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 75/16 (186) - 1/16 (2) - 11/8 (29) 13/8 (35) - Class 300 15 (381) 13 (330) 12 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - 105/8 (270) - 1/16 (2) - 13/8 (35) 15/8 (41) -
Class 600 13 (330) 101/2 (267) 8 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 75/16 (186) - 1/4 (6) - - 13/4 (44) - Class 600 161/2 (419) 133/4 (349) 12 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 105/8 (270) - 1/4 (6) - - 23/16 (56) -
Class 900 133/4 (349) 11 (279) 8 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 75/16 (186) - 1/4 (6) - - 2 (51) - Class 900 181/2 (470) 151/2 (394) 12 13/8 (35) - 11/2 (38) - 105/8 (270) - 1/4 (6) - - 21/2 (64) -
Class 1500 143/4 (375) 111/2 (292) 8 11/2 (38) - 15/8 (41) - 75/16 (186) - 1/4 (6) - - 27/8 (73) - Class 1500 19 (438) 151/2 (394) 12 15/8 (41) - 13/4 (44) - 105/8 (270) - 1/4 (6) - - 35/8 (92) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 10 (254) 81/4 (210) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 3/4 (19) 11/16 (17) - - Table A 131/4 (337) 111/2 (292) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 1/2 (13) -
Table D 10 (254) 81/4 (210) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 13/16 (21) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - Table D 131/4 (337) 111/2 (292) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 7/8 (22) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) -
Table E 10 (254) 81/4 (210) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 7/8 (22) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - Table E 131/4 (337) 111/2 (292) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) -
Table F 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) - Table F 141/2 (368) 123/4 (324) 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 1 (25) -
Table H 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 7 (178) - 1/16 (2) 13/8 (35) 7/8 (22) 11/8 (29) - Table H 141/2 (368) 123/4 (324) 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 101/4 (260) - 1/16 (2) 11/2 (38) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) -
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 150mm (6") Nominal Size 250mm (10")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN6 265 225 8 M16 19 18 199 202 3 2 20 (1) - 18 - PN6 375 335 12 M16 19 18 309 312 3 2 24 (1) - 22 -
PN10 285 240 8 M20 23 22 211 212 3 2 26 (1) - 22 19 PN10 395 (2) 350 12 M20 23 22 319 320 3 2 28 (1) - 26 22
PN16 285 240 8 M20 23 22 211 212 3 2 26 (1) - 22 19 PN16 405 (2) 355 12 M24 28 26 319 320 3 2 32 (1) - 26 22
PN25 300 250 8 M24 28 26 211 218 3 2 34 (1) - 28 20 PN25 425 370 12 M27 31 30 330 335 3 2 - - 32 24.5
PN40 300 250 8 M24 28 26 211 218 3 2 - - 28 26 PN40 450 385 12 M30 34 33 345 345 3 2 - - 38 34.5
PN64 345 280 8 M30 - 33 - 218 - 2 - - 36 - PN64 470 400 12 M33 - 36 - 345 - 2 - - 46 -
PN100 355 290 12 M30 - 33 - 218 - 2 - - 44 - PN100 505 430 12 M36 - 39 - 345 - 2 - - 60 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 11 (279) 91/2 (241) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 81/2 (216) - 1/16 (2) 1 (25) 13/16 (21) 1 (25) - Class 125/150 16 (406) 141/4 (362) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 123/4 (324) - 1/16 (2) 13/16 (30) 1 (25) 13/16 (30) -
Class 300 121/2 (318) 105/8 (270) 12 3/4 (19) - 7/8 (22) - 81/2 (216) - 1/16 (2) - 13/16 (30) 17/16 (37) - Class 300 171/2 (445) 151/4 (387) 16 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 123/4 (324) - 1/16 (2) - - 17/8 (41) -
Class 600 14 (356) 111/2 (292) 12 1 (25) - 11/8 (29) - 81/2 (216) - 1/4 (6) - - 17/8 (48) - Class 600 20 (508) 17 (432) 16 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 123/4 (324) - 1/4 (6) - - 21/2 (64) -
Class 900 15 (381) 121/2 (318) 12 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 81/2 (216) - 1/4 (6) - - 23/16 (56) - Class 900 211/2 (546) 181/2 (470) 16 13/8 (35) - 11/2 (38) - 123/4 (324) - 1/4 (6) - - 23/4 (70) -
Class 1500 151/2 (394) 121/2 (318) 12 13/8 (35) - 11/2 (38) - 81/2 (216) - 1/4 (6) - - 31/4 (83) - Class 1500 23 (584) 19 (483) 12 17/8 (41) - 2 (51) - 123/4 (324) - 1/4 (6) - - 41/4 (108) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 4 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 13/16 (21) 11/16 (17) - - Table A 16 (406) 14 (356) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 15/16 (24)3/4 (19) - -
Table D 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 5/8 (16) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - - - - 13/16 (21) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - Table D 16 (406) 14 (356) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) -
Table E 11 (279) 91/4 (235) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 7/8 (22) 11/16 (17) 11/16 (17) - Table E 16 (406) 14 (356) 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) -
Table F 12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - Table F 17 (432) 15 (381) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 1 (25) -
Table H 12 (305) 101/4 (260) 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - 81/4 (210) - 1/16 (2) 13/8 (35) 1 (25) 11/8 (29) - Table H 17 (432) 15 (381) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 121/4 (311) - 1/16 (2) 15/8 (41) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) -

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
0813_v3

0813_v3

(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced (2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameters shall be: for PN10, D = 400mm, for PN16, D = 400mm
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

250 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 251
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FLANGE TABLES FLANGE TABLES

Nominal Size 300mm (12") Nominal Size 400mm (16")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN6 440 395 12 M20 23 22 363 365 4 2 24 (1) - 22 - PN6 540 495 16 M20 23 22 463 465 4 2 28 (1) - 22 -
PN10 445 (2) 400 12 M20 23 22 370 370 4 2 28 (1) - 26 24.5 PN10 565 515 16 M24 28 26 480 482 4 2 32 (1) - 26 24.5
PN16 460 (2) 410 12 M24 28 26 370 378 4 2 32 (1) - 28 24.5 PN16 580 525 16 M27 31 30 480 490 4 2 38 (1) - 32 28
PN25 485 430 16 M27 31 30 389 395 4 2 40 (1) - 34 27.5 PN25 620 550 16 M33 37 36 503 505 4 2 48 (1) - 40 32
PN40 515 450 16 M30 34 33 409 410 4 2 - - 42 39.5 PN40 660 585 16 M36 41 39 535 535 4 2 - - 50 48
PN64 530 460 16 M33 - 36 - 410 - 2 - - 52 - PN64 670 585 16 M39 - 42 - 535 - 2 - - 60 -
PN100 585 500 16 M39 - 42 - 410 - 2 - - 68 - PN100 715 620 16 M45 - 48 - 535 - 2 - - 78 -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 19 (483) 17 (432) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 15 (381) - 1/16 (2) 11/4 (32) 11/16 (27) 11/4 (32) - Class 125/150 231/2 (597) 211/4 (540) 16 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 181/2 (470) - 1/16 (2) 17/16 (37) - 17/16 (37) -
Class 300 201/2 (521) 173/4 (451) 16 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 15 (381) - 1/16 (2) - - 2 (51) - Class 300 251/2 (648) 221/2 (572) 20 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 181/2 (470) - 1/16 (2) - - 21/4 (57) -
Class 600 22 (559) 191/4 (489) 20 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 15 (381) - 1/4 (6) - - 25/8 (67) - Class 600 27 (686) 233/4 (603) 20 11/2 (38) - 15/8 (41) - 181/2 (470) - 1/4 (6) - - 3 (76) -
Class 900 24 (610) 21 (533) 20 13/8 (35) - 11/2 (38) - 15 (381) - 1/4 (6) - - 31/8 (80) - Class 900 273/4 (705) 241/4 (616) 20 15/8 (41) - 13/4 (44) - 181/2 (470) - 1/4 (6) - - 31/2 (89) -
Class 1500 261/2 (673) 221/2 (571) 16 2 (51) - 21/8 (54) - 15 (381) - 1/4 (6) - - 47/8 (124) - Class 1500 321/2 (826) 273/4 (705) 16 21/2 (64) - 25/8 (67) - 181/2 (470) - 1/4 (6) - - 53/4 (146) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 18 (457) 16 (406) 8 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 15/16 (24)7/8 (22) - - Table A 223/4 (578) 201/2 (521) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/16 (27) 1 (25) - -
Table D 18 (457) 16 (406) 12 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - - - - 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) - Table D 223/4 (578) 201/2 (521) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 1 (25) -
Table E 18 (457) 16 (406) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 1 (25) - Table E 223/4 (578) 201/2 (521) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 1 (25) -
Table F 191/4 (489) 171/4 (438) 16 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - Table F 24 (610) 213/4 (552) 20 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - - - - 13/8 (35) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) -
Table H 191/4 (489) 171/4 (438) 16 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - 141/4 (362) - 1/16 (2) 13/4 (44) 11/2 (38) 11/2 (38) - Table H 24 (610) 213/4 (552) 20 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 19 (483) - 1/16 (2) 2 (51) 13/4 (44) 13/4 (44) -

(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameter shall be: for PN10, D = 455mm; for PN16, D = 455 mm (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

Nominal Size 350mm (14") Nominal Size 450mm (18")


Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN6 490 445 12 M20 23 22 413 415 4 2 26 (1) - 22 - PN6 595 550 16 M20 23 22 518 520 4 2 28 (1) - 22 -
PN10 505 460 16 M20 23 22 429 430 4 2 30 (1) - 26 24.5 PN10 615 565 20 M24 28 26 530 532 4 2 32 (1) - 28 25.5
PN16 520 470 16 M24 28 26 429 438 4 2 36 (1) - 30 26.5 PN16 640 585 20 M27 31 30 548 550 4 2 40 (1) - 40 30
PN25 555 490 16 M30 34 33 448 450 4 2 44 (1) - 38 30 PN25 670 600 20 M33 37 36 548 555 4 2 50 (1) - 46 34.5
PN40 580 510 16 M33 37 36 465 465 4 2 - - 46 44 PN40 685 610 20 M36 41 39 560 560 4 2 - - 57 49
PN64 600 525 16 M36 - 39 - 465 - 2 - - 56 - PN64 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN100 655 560 16 M45 - 48 - 465 - 2 - - 74 - PN100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ANSI ANSI
Class 125/150 21 (533) 183/4 (476) 12 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 161/4 (413) - 1/16 (2) 13/8 (35) - 13/8 (35) - Class 125/150 25 (635) 223/4 (578) 16 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - 21 (533) - 1/16 (2) 19/16 (40) - 19/16 (40) -
Class 300 23 (584) 201/4 (514) 20 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 161/4 (413) - 1/16 (2) - - 21/8 (54) - Class 300 28 (711) 243/4 (629) 24 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 21 (533) - 1/16 (2) - - 23/8 (60) -
Class 600 233/4 (603) 203/4 (527) 20 13/8 (35) - 11/2 (38) - 161/4 (413) - 1/4 (6) - - 23/4 (70) - Class 600 291/4 (743) 253/4 (654) 20 15/8 (41) - 13/4 (44) - 21 (533) - 1/4 (6) - - 31/4 (83) -
Class 900 251/4 (641) 22 (559) 20 11/2 (38) - 15/8 (41) - 161/4 (413) - 1/4 (6) - - 3/8 (86) - Class 900 31 (787) 27 (686) 20 17/8 (48) - 2 (51) - 21 (533) - 1/4 (6) - - 4 (102) -
Class 1500 291/2 (749) 25 (635) 16 21/4 (57) - 23/8 (60) - 161/4 (413) - 1/4 (6) - - 51/4 (133) - Class 1500 36 (914) 301/2 (775) 16 23/4 (70) - 27/8 (73) - 21 (533) - 1/4 (6) - - 63/8 (162) -
BS 10 BS 10
Table A 203/4 (527) 181/2 (470) 8 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 1 (25) 1 (25) - - Table A 251/4 (641) 23 (584) 12 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - - - - 11/16 (27) 11/16 (27) - -
Table D 203/4 (527) 181/2 (470) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/8 (29) 1 (25) 1 (25) - Table D 251/4 (641) 23 (584) 12 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - - - - 11/4 (32) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) -
Table E 203/4 (527) 181/2 (470) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/4 (32) 1 (25) 1 (25) - Table E 251/4 (641) 23 (584) 16 7/8 (22) - 1 (25) - - - - 13/8 (35) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) -
Table F 213/4 (552) 191/2 (495) 16 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - - - - 13/8 (35) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - Table F 261/2 (673) 24 (610) 20 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - - - - 11/2 (38) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) -
Table H 213/4 (552) 191/2 (495) 16 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - 161/2 (419) - 1/16 (2) 17/8 (48) 15/8 (41) 15/8 (41) - Table H 261/2 (673) 24 (610) 20 11/8 (29) - 11/4 (32) - 21 (533) - 1/16 (2) 21/8 (54) 17/8 (48) 17/8 (48) -
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
0813_v3

0813_v3

(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced (2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

252 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 253
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FLANGE TABLES TYPICAL KV VALUES

Nominal Size 500mm (20")

BS EN 1092
Dia.
of
Bolt
circle
No.
of
Dia.
of
Dia.
of
Dia.
of
Dia. Dia. Height Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Typical Kv Values
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron
PN6 645 600 20 M20 23 22 568 570 4 2 30 (1) - 24 (2) - BALL VALVE CHECK VALVE STRAINER
PN10 670 620 20 M24 28 26 582 585 4 2 34 (1) - 28 (2) 26.5 ie. Fig. 100 ie. Fig. 47 ie. Fig. 807
PN16 715 650 20 M30 34 33 609 610 4 2 42 (1) - 44 (2) 31.5 Size Kv Size Kv Size Kv
PN25 730 660 20 M33 37 36 609 615 4 2 52 (1) - 48 (2) 36.5 15 31 15 6.61 15 5.6
PN40 755 670 20 M39 44 42 615 615 4 2 - - 57 (2) 52 20 45 20 17.75 20 8.5
PN64 800 705 20 M45 - 48 - 615 - 2 - - 68 (2) - 25 63 25 29.35 25 15.1
PN100 870 760 20 M52 - 56 - 615 - 2 - - 94 (2) - 32 102 32 37.82 32 26.4
40 375 40 62.1 40 31.9
ANSI
50 420 50 114 50 52.5
Class 125/150 271/2 (699) 25 (635) 20 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - 23 (584) - 1/16 (2) 111/16 (43) - 111/16 (43) -
Class 300 301/2 (775) 27 (686) 24 11/4 (32) - 13/8 (35) - 23 (584) - 1/16 (2) - - 21/2 (64) - BUTTERFLY VALVE CHECK VALVE STRAINER
Class 600 32 (813) 281/2 (724) 24 15/8 (41) - 13/4 (44) - 23 (584) - 1/4 (6) - - 31/2 (89) - ie. Fig. 970 ie. Fig. M651 ie. Fig. 820
Class 900 333/4 (857) 291/2 (749) 20 2 (51) - 21/8 (54) - 23 (584) - 1/4 (6) - - 41/4 (108) - Size Kv Size Kv Size Kv
Class 1500 383/4 (984) 323/4 (832) 16 3 (76) - 31/8 (79) - 23 (584) - 1/4 (6) - - 7 (178) - 65 227 65 187 50 59
BS 10 80 350 80 496 65 93
Table A 273/4 (705) 251/4 (641) 12 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - - 100 696 100 599 80 136
Table D 273/4 (705) 251/4 (641) 16 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - - 125 1186 125 799 100 229
Table E 273/4 (705) 251/4 (641) 16 7/8 (22) 1 (25) 1 (25) - - - - 11/2 (38) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - 150 1832 150 1428 125 363
Table F 29 (737) 261/2 (673) 24 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - - - - 15/8 (41) 11/2 (38) 11/2 (38) - 200 3638 200 2129 150 499
250 6194 250 2725 200 817
Table H 29 (737) 261/2 (673) 24 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - 231/2 (597) - 1/16 (2) 21/4 (57) 2 (51) 2 (51) -
300 9570 300 3850 250 1361
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 350 8163 300 1928
(2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1 400 12083
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced 450 14169
500 18512
Nominal Size 600mm (24") 600 24208

Dia. Bolt No. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Dia. Height Height Thickness of flange
BS EN 1092 of circle of of of of of raised of raised of raised of raised Grey Copper Cast and Ductile
flange diameter bolts bolts holes holes face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3) Cast Alloy Forged Cast
Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron Steel Iron GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE FOR BRONZE
PN6 755 705 20 M24 28 26 667 670 5 2 30 (1) - 30 - ie. Fig. 30 ie. Fig. 5 COMMISSIONING VALVES
PN10 780 725 20 M27 31 30 682 685 5 2 36 (1) - 34 30 Size Kv Size Kv See pages 46 and 47
PN16 840 770 20 M33 37 36 720 725 5 2 48 (1) - 54 36 15 14 15 3.05
PN25 845 770 20 M36 41 39 720 720 5 2 - - 58 42 20 32 20 5.71 FOR IRON
PN40 890 795 20 M45 50 48 735 735 5 2 - - 72 58 25 57 25 10 COMMISSIONING VALVES
32 90 32 14.22 See page 45
PN64 930 820 20 M52 - 56 - 735 - 2 - - 76 -
ANSI 40 129 40 18.79
50 230 50 34.23
Class 125/150 32 (813) 291/2 (749) 20 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) - 271/4 (692) - 1/16 (2) 17/8 (48) - 17/8 (48) -
Class 300 36 (914) 32 (813) 24 11/2 (38) - 15/8 (41) - 271/4 (692) - 1/16 (2) - - 23/4 (70) -
GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE
Class 600 37 (940) 33 (838) 24 17/8 (48) - 2 (51) - 271/4 (692) - 1/4 (6) - - 4 (102) - ie. Fig. M541 ie. Fig. 731
Class 900 41 (1041) 351/2 (902) 20 21/2 (64) - 25/8 (67) - 271/4 (692) - 1/4 (6) - - 51/2 (140) -
Size Kv Size Kv
Class 1500 46 (1168) 39 (991) 16 31/2 (89) - 35/8 (92) - 271/4 (692) - 1/4 (6) - - 8 (203) -
65 360 65 71
BS 10 80 519 80 109
Table A 321/2 (826) 293/4 (756) 12 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - - - - 13/16 (30) 13/16 (30) - - 100 923 100 168
Table D 321/2 (826) 293/4 (756) 16 1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29) - - - - 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) - 125 1443 125 264
Table E 321/2 (826) 293/4 (756) 16 11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) - - - - 15/8 (41) 11/2 (38) 11/2 (38) - 150 2077 150 380
Table F 331/2 (851) 303/4 (781) 24 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) - - - - 13/4 (44) 15/8 (41) 15/8 (41) - 200 3693 200 676
Table H 331/2 (851) 303/4 (781) 24 11/4 (32) 13/8 (35) 13/8 (35) - 271/2 (699) - 1/16 (2) 21/2 (64) 21/4 (57) 21/4 (57) - 250 5771 250 1065
300 8310 300 1515
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1
0813_v3

0813_v3

(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced

254 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 255
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
QUALITY ASSURANCE

Project: Sir Charles


Parsons School, Newcastle
Quality Assurance
Sector: Education
Client: Newcastle City
WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre
Council
The WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre is
Civil Engineer: Sir Robert
responsible for the Water Regulations Advisory
McAlpine Scheme, with testing and approval of water fittings
HVAC Contractor: Integral meeting the requirements of the United Kingdom
Distributor: BSS Water Regulations/Bylaws (Scotland).
(Newcastle) Ltd. Valves for use in public water supply systems and
Specification: A range of domestic situations must not contravene the United
Hattersley Isolating and Kingdom Water Regulations. Valves which are
Commissioning Valves. designated WRAS Approved Product and listed in
the Water Fittings and Materials Directory will not
A wide range of Hattersley contravene those bylaws.
valves, including Fig. 1732
commissioning valves, Many Hattersley valves have been tested and
have been installed in certified as being WRAS Approved Products and are
listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory.
Charles Parsons School,
Walker. The secondary
school was regenerated as
part of the Governments The Kitemark
Building Schools for the The Kitemark is a registered trademark owned by
Future (BSF) programme British Standards Institution and may only be used
by manufacturers who are approved licensees and
and was one of 16 schools
whose products fully comply with the individual
redeveloped in the product standards.
Newcastle-Upon-Tyne
area. Valves were installed Annual product audits and regular surveillance
in the new purpose-built visits by BSI ensure continuing compliance with
specification requirements and confirm acceptable
accommodation to provide
Quality Systems to BS EN ISO 9000.
heating, ventilation and air
conditioning throughout
the building.
Sir Charles Parsons
School is a large school for Firm of Assessed Capability
students with special BS EN/ISO 9001 is the reference Standard for Quality Systems.
educational needs and so
along with classrooms, the
building also houses
sensory rooms and state- CE Mark
of-the-art swimming and The symbol shown is the European mark for product certification.
therapy pools. The
Hattersley valves are
preferred because of their
weight and space saving.

256 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 257
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HATTERSLEY PROJECTS

Hattersley Projects
Project Sector Page

The Cube, Birmingham Mixed Use Cover

Henrietta House, London Commercial 6

Sea Containers House, London Commercial 48

The Baltic Arts Centre, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear Arts 50

Wembley WO5 Development, London Commercial 61

One Reading Central, Reading, Berkshire Commercial 74

County Hall, Trowbridge Public Sector 78

Gulf Hotel, Bahrain Hotels 98

Galleria Mall, Amman, Jordan Retail 128

Blackfriars Railway Station, London Infrastructure 148

Wheelock Square Tower, Shanghai Commercial 150

Terminal 5, Heathrow Airport, London Infrastructure 154

Leadenhall, London Commercial 173

North East Energy Recovery Centre (NEERC) Public Sector 174


Billingham, Stockton-on-Tees

The Place (next to The Shard), London Commercial 176

European Bank for Reconstruction and Development Commercial 196

Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Birmingham Hospitals & Healthcare 204

J.P. Morgan, Canary Wharf, London Commercial 219

Ricoh Arena, Coventry Sports 220

The Royal Marsden Hospital Hospitals & Healthcare 222


Project: Great Sutton Street (Data Centre), London
Sector: Commercial St Pancras Renaissance Hotel, London Hotels 236
Distributor: Pipe Center Slough
The Sage, Gateshead, Tyne & Wear Arts 242
Contractor: Gratte
S Shand-Brown

Specification: General Valves (Large bore up to 350mm in very large quantities), Sir Charles Parsons School, Newcastle Education 254
Strainers (Figure 807 - 820), Non-Return Valves (Figure M651), Isolation Valves (Figure 970G,
Great Sutton Street (Data Centre), London Commercial 256
100 and 100EXT), Standard Commissioning Valves (Figure MH733 - M2000).

258 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 259
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
FIGURE NUMBER INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX

Figure Number Index


Fig. No. Page Fig. No. Page Fig. No. Page Fig. No. Page Fig. No. Page Fig. No. Page

BALANCING VALVES TRADITIONAL VALVES Check Valves Globe Valves PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
42 ....................................................116 C4 ...................................................156
Balancing Automatic Differential Pressure Air Vents/De-Aerators Ball Valve
Control Valves 47 ....................................................117 5 ......................................................157
1050 ..................................................18 775 ....................................................84 108C ...............................................208
F400..................................................53 48 ....................................................118 5N ...................................................158
1051 ..................................................19 Ball Valves Check Valves
R400..................................................53 49 ....................................................119 5NLS ...............................................158
2050 ..................................................20 100 ....................................................86 249 ..................................................209
DPF1732 ...........................................54 249 ..................................................120 13 ....................................................159
Balancing Static 100EXT .............................................86 249C ...............................................209
302 ....................................................56 249C ...............................................120 23 ....................................................160
631 ....................................................22 100TH ...............................................87 761 ..................................................121 17 ....................................................161 Non-Return Valves
750 ....................................................23 Hook-Up II 100LS................................................87 1013 ................................................122 731 ..................................................162 761 ..................................................210
1000 ..................................................24 C266 .................................................62 100C .................................................88 3047 ................................................123 Lubricated Plug Valves Pressure Reducing Valves
1000L ................................................25 H266 .................................................62 100CEXT...........................................88 M650 ...............................................124 170M ...............................................165 416 ..................................................211
1000M ...............................................25 C268 .................................................63 100CTH.............................................89 M651 ...............................................125 171M ...............................................165 425 ..................................................212
1432 ..................................................26 H268 .................................................63 100CLS .............................................89 M653 ...............................................126 200M ...............................................166 Thermal Circulation Valves
1432L ................................................26 C267 .................................................64 100YL................................................90 860 ..................................................127 201M ...............................................166 2900.........................................216-218
1432C ...............................................26 H267 .................................................64 100CYL .............................................91 865 ..................................................127 200R................................................167 2910.........................................216-218
1432LC .............................................26 C269 .................................................65 108C .................................................92 201R................................................167
Gate Valves Thermostatic Mixing Valves
1732 ..................................................27 H269 .................................................65 113 ....................................................93 200L/T.............................................168
33X..................................................130 77 ....................................................219
1732M ...............................................27 C262 .................................................66 100HU...............................................94 201T................................................168
33XLS .............................................130 78 ....................................................220
1732L ................................................27 H262 .................................................66 107HU...............................................95 201TG .............................................168
30 ....................................................131
1732C ...............................................27 C264 .................................................67 1807 ..................................................96 221T................................................168
30LS................................................131 NABIC
1732MC ............................................27 H264 .................................................67 1807C ...............................................97 401M ...............................................169
30C .................................................132 542 ..................................................226
1732LC .............................................27 Hook-Up II & PICV 30CLS .............................................132 Press-Fit Valves
Butterfly Valves 542L ................................................227
S1832................................................28 366P..................................................68 C31 .................................................133 1432.PF...........................................182
950 ..................................................100 500T................................................228
S1832M.............................................28 366PF................................................68 33 ....................................................134 1732.PF...........................................183
950G ...............................................100 500 ..................................................229
S1832L..............................................28 1366P................................................69 669 ..................................................135 100.PF.............................................184
970 ..................................................101 500L ................................................230
1200DR .............................................29 1366PF..............................................69 28 ....................................................136 47.PF...............................................185
970G ...............................................101 500SS .............................................231
M2000..........................................30-31 368P..................................................70 35 ....................................................137 817.PF.............................................186
950W...............................................102 500ST..............................................231
M3000 ...............................................32 368PF................................................70 609 ..................................................138 Radiator Valves
950WG............................................102 520 ..................................................232
M4000 ...............................................33 1368P................................................71 C618 ...............................................139 3150 ................................................189
970W...............................................103 255 ..................................................233
MH733 ..............................................34 M549 ...............................................140 3250 ................................................190
1368PF..............................................71 970WG............................................103 256A................................................234
MH737 ..............................................35 549E................................................140 3300LS............................................191
370P..................................................72 951 ..................................................104 256B................................................234
953 ....................................................36 M552 ...............................................141 3400LS............................................192
370PF................................................72 951G ...............................................104 503 ..................................................235
953G .................................................36 552E................................................141 3180 ................................................193
1370P................................................73 971 ..................................................105 175 ..................................................236
973 ....................................................37 M511 ...............................................142 3280 ................................................194
1370PF..............................................73 971G ...............................................105 568 ..................................................237
973G .................................................37 M541 ...............................................143 75/RS ..............................................195
Pressure Independent 980 ..................................................106 568SS .............................................237
4983G ...............................................38 Control Valves 541E................................................143 70/RT ..............................................195
4970 ................................................107
5953 ..................................................39 305 ....................................................76 M544 ...............................................144 Strainers
4970G .............................................107 817 ..................................................198 BROWNALL
5953G ...............................................39 305F..................................................77 544E................................................144
4990 ................................................108 807 ..................................................199 AAE - Standard Pressure ...............240
5973 ..................................................40 M540 ...............................................145
MultiComm 4990G ......................................109-114 907 ..................................................199 AAE - High Pressure.......................241
5973G ...............................................40 501 ..................................................146
MultiComm ..................................79-80 1807 ................................................200 AAE - Medium Pressure .................241
4993G ..........................................41-44 504 ..................................................147
ProComm 1807C .............................................201 Service Kits .....................................241
Gland Cocks/Drain Taps 820 & 920, 810 & 910 .....................202 1688 ................................................242
ProComm ....................................81-82
370 ..................................................152 1988 ................................................243
811 & 911 .......................................203
371 ..................................................152
807 ..................................................204
81HU...............................................153
907 ..................................................205

260 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 261
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
HATTERSLEY WORLDWIDE HATTERSLEY WORLDWIDE

Hattersley Worldwide
UNITED KINGDOM WORLDWIDE

Ipswich (Head Quarters) Dubai (Distribution Centre)


PO BOX 719 Jebel Ali Free Zone,
Ipswich South Zone 2,
IP1 9DU PO BOX 17415,
UK Dubai,
Tel: +44 1744 458 670 UAE
MD
Tel: +971 880 9989

Hitchin (Manufacturing)
46-48 Wilbury Way
M Dubai (Sales Office)
D Hitchin
Jebel Ali Free Zone,
Hertfordshire
Galleries 4, Limitless Building,
MD SG4 0UD
PO BOX 17415,
UK
Dubai,
Tel: +44 1462 443 322
UAE
Tel: +971 4816 5800

St Helens (Manufacturing)
Delta Road,
Suzhou (Manufacturing)
St Helens,
1 Runsheng Road
WA9 2ED
Shengpu Sip
UK
Jiangsu Province
Tel: +44 1744 458 649
215126 Suzhou
China

Northampton (Distribution Centre) Tel: +86 5126 28615 0088

Lower Farm Road


Moulton Park Industrial Estate
M
Northampton
key

Head Quarters Manufacturing


NN3 6XF
D
UK
Distribution Centre Sales Office
Tel: +44 1604 817 860

262 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 Technical Helpline: 0845 604 1790 263
E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com E: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com W: www.hattersley.com
Distributor details

To visit our
Video Library
go to:

www.youtube.com/user/hattersleyvalves

FM00311
ISO9001
PO BOX 719, IPSWICH IP1 9DU
HOME SALES: +44 (0)1744 458 670
EXPORT SALES: +44 (0)1744 458 671
TECHNICAL HELPLINE: 0845 604 1790
www.flowoffluids.com
FAX: +44 (0)1744 26912 Visit www.flowoffluids.com to order your
EMAIL: uksales@hattersley.com copy of the New Technical Paper 410.
EMAIL: export@hattersley.com
Designed and manufactured under quality management
EMAIL: tech-enquiries@hattersley.com systems in accordance with BS EN 9001:2008.
For full terms and conditions, please visit our website.
To see where we operate around We hope our communications have an impact on you - but not
the world see page 263 the environment - we have taken steps to ensure this brochure
is printed on Forestry Stewardship Council material and the
www.hattersley.com paper is made by an elemental chlorine free process.

Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of
Issue3A

publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any
misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.

www.cranebsu.com

Potrebbero piacerti anche